Transcript
Ambus Fulcrum HiRise HiStore Lite HiTable Ligni Modular Tables Screens Seating ®
®
®
®
TM
TM
Please see separate price list for X-Range
®
Specifiers Guide
January 2017 (updated 25/07/17)
®
Ambus Pages 7-61
Shared Items Pages 54-63
®
HiRise
Pages 64-65
Screens Pages 74-86
Modular Tables Pages 87-92 2
®
Fulcrum Pages 93-129
Seating
Pages 130-175
2
Sven Price List January 2017
Index 1 120° Desks, Ambus....................................................................... 21 120° Workstations, Ambus............................................................ 21
A Access Gates Fulcrum.......................................................................... 106 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 117 Accessories, ALU Screens............................................................... 85 ALU Screens.............................................................................81-86 Ambus .....................................................................................7-61 Ambus Executive Workstations.................................................................... 25 Single Pedestal Desk......................................................... 25
B Bench Desks, Ambus............................................................................8-9 HiRise.........................................................................64-65 Ligni................................................................................ 69 Bench Seating, HiTable.................................................................... 78, 153 Ligni.............................................................................. 153 Bookcases, Fulcrum..............................................................109-110 Bow-front Corner Desks Ambus............................................................................. 15 Fulcrum CE.................................................................... 103 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 114 Bow-front Desks Ambus Bow-front.............................................................16 Fulcrum.......................................................................... 103 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 114 Building Access Fulcrum Conference Tables............................................. 118 General.............................................................................. 6 Seating.......................................................................... 130
C Cable Management (Info), Ambus............................................................................... 7 Fulcrum............................................................................ 93 Cable Management Hinged Flaps.............................................60-62 Cable Management Options, Fulcrum...................................123-124 Cable Management (Tables) Ambus and Eclipse......................................................60-62 Fulcrum...................................................................123-124 HiRise.............................................................................. 65 Ligni...........................................................................67-68 Cable Spine.............................................................................. 61,64 Circular Tables, Fulcrum.................................................118,121-122 Clarity Benches......................................................................... 158 Coffee Tables.................................................................. 158 Curve Sofa..................................................................... 159 Sofas and Chairs............................................................ 157 Cleaning (Info)................................................................................ 6
Coffee Tables Ambus............................................................................. 37 Clarity............................................................................ 158 Fulcrum...................................................................126-127 Friday............................................................................. 169 HB1............................................................................... 161 Krystal........................................................................... 165 Ligni................................................................................ 66 Monday......................................................................... 156 SS.................................................................................. 165 Welcome........................................................................ 155 Colour Accuracy (Info)..................................................................... 6 Compact Corner Desks, Ambus...................................................... 17 Compact Double-Wave Desks, Ambus............................................ 14 Compact Wave Workstations, Ambus............................................. 13 Conference Extensions Ambus............................................................................. 23 Fulcrum.......................................................................... 105 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 115 Conference Tables Ambus........................................................................40-52 (on Arrowhead Bases)............................................... 40 (on Box Bases).......................................................... 50 (on Double-upright T-bases)..................................44-45 (on I-bases).............................................................. 41 (on Panel Bases)........................................................ 51 (on Pedestal Bases)................................................... 52 (on T-bases)............................................................... 42 (on Twin Square Column Bases)............................42-43 (on V-bases).........................................................46-49 Customisation.........................................................117-120 Eclipse........................................................................53-57 (with glass tops)........................................................ 51 (with timber tops).................................................54-57 Fulcrum...................................................................118-122 (on Arrowhead Bases)............................................. 122 (on Box Bases)........................................................ 119 (on Column Bases)...........................................120-121 (on Pedestal Base {Circular Tables}).......................... 118 (on Square Chrome Legs)........................................ 122 (on Square Column Bases)................................120-121 (on Wing Bases)...................................................... 119 Ligni...........................................................................66-68 Corner Desks Ambus........................................................................15-20 Fulcrum.......................................................................... 103 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 114 CPU Cradles.................................................................................. 63 Credenza Units Fulcrum...................................................................109-110 Ligni................................................................................ 78
D Desk-Mounted Screens, Ambus ALU................................................................................. 81 ALU Double-Glazed.......................................................... 82 SPA.............................................................................75-80 SPA Fully-Glazed.............................................................. 76 SPA Part-Glazed............................................................... 76 SPA Rectangular............................................................... 75 (for Ambus Bench)...................................................8-9 SPA Transverse (Ambus Bench Only).................................. 76 SPA Wave......................................................................... 75 Desk-Mounted Screens, Ligni Pad.................................................. 77 Double-wave Desks, Ambus........................................................... 12
Sven Price List January 2017
3
E Eclipse tables...........................................................................53-57 Edge Options (Info) Ambus............................................................................... 7 Fulcrum............................................................................ 93 Modular Tables................................................................. 87 Electrical Fittings........................................................................... 62 Ele Working and Conference Chairs............................................. 145 Exotic Veneer (Finish Samples).................................................... 174 Extendable Cable Spine............................................. see Cable Spine
G3 Working Chair....................................................................... 138 G4 Cantilever Frame Chair........................................................... 140 G5 Metal Leg Chair..................................................................... 140 G6 Cantilever Frame Chair........................................................... 141 G7 Metal Leg Chair..................................................................... 141 G8E Working Chair and Visitors Chair.......................................... 139 General Information........................................................................ 6 General Information, Seating....................................................... 130 Glass Shelves (Receptions), Fulcrum............................................. 108 Graphics Panel, Fulcrum Professional........................................... 117 Guarantee................................................................................ 6,130
F
H
Fabrics Screens............................................................................ 74 Seating ..................................................................130-131 Filing Cabinets, Fulcrum............................................................... 109 Finish Options (Info) Ambus............................................................................... 7 Fulcrum............................................................................ 93 Fulcrum CE...................................................................... 94 Modular Tables................................................................. 87 Finishes (Samples)....................................................................... 176 Fittings ALU Screens................................................................85-86 SPA Screens................................................................77-80 Fixed Return with Pedestal Ambus............................................................................. 22 Flexible Cable Spine.................................................. see Cable Spine FlipTop Tables T-Frame............................................................................ 90 Y-Frame............................................................................ 91 Folding Desks................................................................................ 92 Frame Options, Modular Tables (Info)........................................87-88 Freestanding Screens ALU ...........................................................................82-85 ALU Solid Full-height...................................................82-83 ALU Part-glazed............................................................... 84 ALU Wave........................................................................ 85 SPA.............................................................................78-79 SPA, Solid Full-height....................................................... 78 SPA Part-glazed................................................................ 79 SPA Wave......................................................................... 79 Freestanding Returns Ambus............................................................................. 22 Fulcrum.......................................................................... 104 Friday Benches......................................................................... 168 Coffee Tables.................................................................. 169 Sofas and Chairs............................................................ 168 Fulcrum......................................................................................... 93 Fulcrum CE................................................................................... 94 Fulcrum CE Desks...................................................................95-101 (attached to storage)...................................................95-99 (double pedestal)........................................................... 101 (single pedestal)............................................................. 101 (without pedestals, modesty panel included)................... 101 Fulcrum Professional................................................................... 114 Fulcrum F1 Timber Frame Chair.................................................... 146 Fulcrum F2 Timber Frame Chair.................................................... 147 Fulcrum F3 Cantilever Frame Chair.............................................. 148 Fulcrum F4 Metal Leg Chair......................................................... 149
Handed Corner Workstations, Ambus.................................. 14, 18-19 Handle Options (Info) Ambus............................................................................... 7 Fulcrum............................................................................ 93 Fulcrum CE...................................................................... 94 HB1 Coffee Table......................................................................... 161 HB1 Reception/Breakout Chairs................................................... 161 HB12 Reception/Breakout Sofa.................................................... 161 HB3 Sofas and Chairs.................................................................. 151 HBB Working and Conference Chairs........................................... 144 Height-adjustable Desks.....................................................see HiRise HiRise........................................................................................... 64 HiStore Lite..............................................................................80-81 HiTable......................................................................................... 79 How to Specify Fulcrum CE Desks................................................ 100 How to Specify Fulcrum CE Storage............................................. 101 How to Specify Fulcrum CE Tables................................................ 101
G G1 Working Chair....................................................................... 134 G2 Working Chair....................................................................... 135 G2E Mesh Back Working Chair and Visitors Chair......................... 136
4
I Iris Chair..................................................................................... 164
J J1 Mesh Back Working Chair and Visitors Chair............................ 142 J2 Plastic Back Working Chair and Visitors Chair.......................... 145
K Kadia Sofas and Chairs................................................................ 166 Krystal Coffee Tables................................................................... 165
L Lacquer (Finish Samples)............................................................. 176 Lamp ............................................................................................ 61 Lecterns, Fulcrum........................................................................ 118 Ligni ......................................................................................66-70 Ligni Seating........................................................................144-145 Lily Sofa and Pad......................................................................... 160 Links, Ambus................................................................................. 23 Lockers, Ambus............................................................................. 36 Lofti Stool................................................................................... 149 Lux Sofas and Chairs................................................................... 166
M Mechanism options, Seating.................................................132-133 Meeting Desks, Ambus.................................................................. 22 Meeting Tables Ambus........................................................................38-39 (on round tubular legs)............................................... 38 (on splayed legs)........................................................ 39 HiRise.............................................................................. 65 HiTable............................................................................ 71 Ligni...........................................................................66-68
Sven Price List January 2017
MFC (Info) .................................................................................... 6 MFC (Finish Samples).................................................................. 176 Modesty Panels, Modular Tables.................................................... 90 Modular Tables.........................................................................87-92 Monday Coffee Table................................................................... 156 Monday Sofas and Chairs............................................................ 156 Monitor Arms................................................................................ 63 Multi-adjustable LED Desk Lamp.........................................see Lamp
O Oyster Breakout Chairs................................................................ 150
P Packaging (Info) General.............................................................................. 6 Fulcrum............................................................................ 94 Pad Screens, Ligni.......................................................................... 69 Panel and Frame Options, Ambus..................................................... 7 Pedestals Ambus............................................................................. 28 Ambus Bench..................................................................... 8 Fulcrum.......................................................................... 104 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 117 Physical Measurements Conference and Meeting Chairs...................................... 171 Reception and Breakout Seating..............................172-173 Working Chairs.............................................................. 170 Poseur Tables Ambus............................................................................. 37 Fulcrum.......................................................................... 127 Privacy Pod Chair and Sofa.......................................................... 163
R Reception Counter Shelves, Fulcrum Professional......................... 117 Reception Counters............................................ see Reception Desks Reception Deskovers, Fulcrum...................................................... 107 Reception Desks Ambus Streamline............................................................ 26 Fulcrum...................................................................105-106 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 116 Reception Pedestals, Fulcrum....................................................... 117 Reconfigurable Tables, Fulcrum.................................................... 125 Rectangular Desks Ambus............................................................................. 10 Fulcrum........................................................................... 93 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 114 HiRise.............................................................................. 64 Return Units, Fulcrum Professional............................................... 115
S
Simple Handed Corner Workstations, Ambus.................................. 19 Skoop Chairs............................................................................... 162 Slate Profile Edge, Ambus.............................................................. 14 Slimline Storage Doors.................................................................. 64 SPA Screens.............................................................................74-80 SS Coffee Tables.......................................................................... 165 Stationery Fittings, Slatwall/Accessory Bars.............................. 63, 74 Stools Ele................................................................................. 147 Ligni.............................................................................. 144 Lofti............................................................................... 141 Storage Fittings Ambus............................................................................. 35 Fulcrum.......................................................................... 113 HiStore Lite...................................................................... 73 Storage/Pedestal Units, Ambus....................................................... 28 Storage Units Ambus........................................................................28-35 Fulcrum...................................................................110-113 Fulcrum CE.................................................................... 102 Fulcrum Professional...................................................... 115 Ligni................................................................................ 70
T Terms and Conditions of Sale....................................................... 177 Top Shapes, Modular Tables........................................................... 89 Tuesday Armchairs and Sofas....................................................... 167
U Understanding Corner Desks, Ambus............................................. 14 Unhanded Corner Desks, Ambus.................................................... 20 Universal electrical fittings .................................see Electrical Fittings Upholstery Price Groups, Screens............................................. 74, 81 Upholstery Price Groups, Seating..........................................130-131
V Veneer Inlays, Fulcrum Tables....................................................... 176 Veneer (Info) General.............................................................................. 6 Fulcrum............................................................................ 94 Veneer (Finish Samples)............................................................... 176
W Wall Storage, HiStore Lite.........................................................80-81 Wave Desks, Ambus...................................................................... 11 Wave Desks (Classic), Ambus......................................................... 12 Welcome Coffee Tables.................................................................. 153 Sofas and Chairs............................................................ 152 Worksurface Shapes, Ambus.....................................................26-27
Screen Brackets Guide, SPA Screens............................................... 77 ScreenD Sofas......................................................................164-165 Screens General............................................................................ 74 HiRise.............................................................................. 64 Ligni................................................................................ 69 Seating ...................................................................................... 130 Seating Guidelines (Tables) Ambus and Eclipse......................................................58-59 Fulcrum...................................................................128-129 Sectional Tables............................................................................. 92 Shared Items............................................................................60-63 Shroom Stools............................................................................. 164 Simple Compact Corner Desks, Ambus........................................... 17 Simple Corner Desks, Ambus.......................................................... 16
Sven Price List January 2017
5
General Information NOTES ABOUT VENEER AND MELAMINE We use wood veneers whose varying grain and figure emphasise the beauty and individuality of the wood. There will be natural variations in hue, grain and figure, and both knots and colouring arising from natural minerals in the wood. Maple may exhibit sugar marks, which can look almost like droplets of water: Cherry is likely to include some black gum marks. Walnut and Maple in particular have a directional nap, and may appear light from one side and yet dark if viewed from another side. All of these features, and more, are part of the character of a natural material. Our veneer selection process seeks to keep veneer variations within predetermined limits, but if you require face panels (tops, drawers and doors) to be matched on workstations, suites or adjacent counter tops, this can be specified at point of order at a surcharge of 8%. We strongly recommend this option with Natural Walnut due to the very wide natural variations demonstrated by this veneer. Matched orders must be placed on a suite by suite basis and accompanied by a layout drawing to enable us to match adjacent panels. Please note that some veneer variation is still inevitable: ‘matching’ simply seeks to further minimise the natural variation. Most users love the distinctive and varying character of natural veneer, but if you require complete uniformity of colouring we recommend one of our melamine finishes. Most veneers either lighten or darken on exposure to light. Should you add additional items at a later date, there may be an initial colour mismatch that should even out to some degree over time. Melamine finishes are less susceptible to colour change caused by light than veneers, but over a period of years the surface of melamine may wear and in time this may start to degrade its visual appearance. Such wear is more noticeable on darker finishes and is not a fault but a characteristic of all melamines. For this reason we do not recommend darker melamine finishes for applications where high levels of surface abrasion may be expected, and recommend the use of mouse mats with all finishes. We use both MFC (Melamine Faced Chipboard) and MFMDF (Melamine Faced Medium Density Fibreboard). Tiny dark flecks may occasionally be seen in White melamine. These occur in all melamines but are usually only noticed in White. They are not faults and do not affect the overall appearance of the panel, and are an unavoidable consequence of the manufacturing process. Finish colours printed in our literature or viewed on our website cannot be relied on for colour accuracy. Samples of all our finishes are available on request. We recommend that veneered furniture is delivered and installed direct by Sven Christiansen.
CLEANING Cleaning should be carried out solely with a damp cloth and soft duster. Do not use polish/wax as they may harm the finish and create excessive reflectivity.
GUARANTEE We guarantee our furniture for a period of five years against any defects resulting from faulty materials or workmanship (three years in the case of moving parts: fridges one year).
PACKAGING All desks, extensions and reconfigurable tables are supplied KD. Pedestals and storage units are supplied assembled. Veneered conference table tops are supplied crated, with legs/bases packed separately.
BUILDING ACCESS It is the purchaser’s responsibility to ensure that building access is adequate before ordering: furniture cannot be cut down or segmented once manufactured. In the event of direct delivery by Sven Christiansen abortive delivery charges may become payable if delivery cannot be effected due to inadequate access, inappropriate specification or site conditions. If in any doubt about access please contact us to arrange a site survey.
SPECIFICATIONS, PRICES AND TERMS We reserve the right to amend or update specifications without prior notice. All dimensions are nominal and listed in the order Width x Depth x Height. All prices are exclusive of VAT. Errors and omissions excepted. All orders accepted subject to our Terms & Conditions of Sale – see p.163.
COLOUR ACCURACY Finish colours printed in our literature or viewed on our website cannot be relied on for colour accuracy. Samples of all finishes available on request.
6
Sven Price List January 2017
Ambus
AMBUS
®
AMBUS PANEL AND FRAME OPTIONS (all 735mm high) INDIVIDUAL DESKS Panel End Metal frame (C2)*
Desks are available supported either on panel ends or metal frames. Metal frames are available in Zinc, Slate, White, Raw Steel - Matt and Raw Steel - Gloss. Where desks are to be linked, recessed panels or recessed frames may be specified to maximise clear space underneath the desk. On all desks with a corner leg (e.g. Corner Desks, Corner and 120° Workstations), the leg finish is dictated by the finish selected for the desk, as follows: • All-veneer panel end desks: corner leg is matching veneered MDF. • All-MFC panel end desks: corner leg matches the colour selected for access cutouts, unless the desk finish is Zinc Combination and this differs from the access cutout finish, in which case the corner leg matches the combination finish. *The original Ambus metal frame remains available to special order.
BENCH DESKS Bench/Panel End Bench/Metal frame
AMBUS EXECUTIVE Metal frame
Bench desks are available supported either on panel ends or metal frames, with intermediate metal Power Towers. Metal frames and Power Towers are available in Zinc, Black, Slate, White (RAL9016), Raw Steel - Matt and Raw Steel - Gloss.
Ambus Executive metal frames are available in Zinc, White (RAL9016), Black, Faux Chrome, Raw Steel - Matt and Raw Steel - Gloss.
AMBUS CABLE MANAGEMENT All Ambus cable management is accessible from the user side of the desk, so cables remain accessible even when desks are placed against walls, screens, or back-to-back. Cable Ports. All desks (except bench) are fitted with cable ports as standard: circular ‘portholes’ that simply route cables through the desktop. Cable ports are in Slate, Zinc or White, or at additional cost in Polished Chrome. Bench desks have sliding tops as standard and cables route into a cable tray over the rear edge of the top, making cable ports unnecessary. Ambus traditional desks. Ambus C2 metal frames incorporate cable risers as standard, together with cable pass-through functionality that allows cables to route between the ends of adjacent desks (designated as “Power Handling”). Cable risers in metal C2 frames come in Slate, Zinc or White. Cable risers are optional on the inside of panel ends (“Wire Management”) and are always in Slate. Panel end desks may be specified with 80mm diameter pass through ports set into the end panels as an option: when not in use, plastic caps conceal the ports. Horizontal cable trays are optional, fitted to the inside of desk back panels. Ambus Executive. Cable routing is provided through the workstation storage units, exiting via a cable port in the cupboard front panel underneath the desk top, and through the pedestal on single pedestal desks. Horizontal cable trays are optional. Ambus Bench. Vertical cable routing is provided through conduits in the end panels and end frames, and through the intermediate Power Towers. Horizontal cable routing is provided by high capacity cable trays (standard) which also provide a dump for excess cable. Tables may be specified with lift-out cable management tiles or hinged flaps, over a cable tray into which sockets may be fitted if desired. Cable ports, flip-top socket housings, pop-up socket cassettes and cable access boxes are also available. I-frames incorporate cable risers as standard and they may be ordered as an option on panel bases: on box bases cable routing through the base is standard: on arrowhead bases may be fitted with cloaking panels.
AMBUS FINISH OPTIONS Ambus is offered as standard in Beech, Black, Concrete, Macassar, Maple, Natural Oak, Natural Walnut, Slate, Wenge, White, Zebrano and Zebrano Sand MFC/MFMDF (melamine); and Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak and Wenge veneer. Ambus in melamine is available in either standard, combination, White base and White carcass variants. As standard, all panels are in the selected finish. On combination variants, vertical panels (excl. doors and drawers) are in Zinc MFC. On White base, the top only is in the selected finish and all panels below are in White. On White carcass (suffix ‘E’) the carcass of storage units, including the top, is in White and doors and drawers in the selected finish.
AMBUS EDGE OPTIONS As standard, Ambus MFC/MFMDF tops are edged with 2mm ABS lipping and veneer tops edged with 3mm or 1.5mm hardwood lipping. As an option on some items a resilient Slate profile edge may be specified on the user side at an additional cost of per item: add “/K” to end of code (NB: adds 11mm to the depth of MFC/MFMDF units and 9mm to veneered units). Tops are 25mm thick, except on medium height pedestals and low mobile pedestals which have 18mm tops.
AMBUS HANDLE OPTIONS Handles are optional on pedestals (recessed drawer pulls are fitted as standard to all pedestals). Storage units are fitted with handles as standard, except vertical tambour doors which have integral finger pulls. Handle options comprise the original Ambus satin chrome tubular bow handles, “Elegance” satin chrome flat‑sided bow handles, and solid timber “Executive” handles.
Sven Price List January 2017
7
AMBUS
BENCH DESKS / SINGLE-SIDED (800MM DEEP) – with sliding tops, cable trays and cable risers in all panels/frames as standard Initial
Initial
With panel ends
With metal frames
Initial / stand alone desks Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
Code AB2S88/** AB2S810/** AB2S812/** AB2S814/** AB2S816/** AB2S818/** AB2S820/**
Initial / stand alone desks Price ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ Add-on
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Add-on / extension desks Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
Code AB2S88/**/M~~ AB2S810/**/M~~ AB2S812/**/M~~ AB2S814/**/M~~ AB2S816/**/M~~ AB2S818/**/M~~ AB2S820/**/M~~
Price ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ Add-on
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Add-on / extension desks
Code AB2S88E/**/~~ T AB2S810E/**/~~ T AB2S812E/**/~~ T AB2S814E/**/~~ T AB2S816E/**/~~ T AB2S818E/**/~~ T AB2S820E/**/~~ T
Price ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Code AB2S88E/**/M~~ AB2S810E/**/M~~ AB2S812E/**/M~~ AB2S814E/**/M~~ AB2S816E/**/M~~ AB2S818E/**/M~~ AB2S820E/**/M~~
Price ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
i
Notes regarding Bench desks When specifying benches, please order an initial bench plus any add-on benches. On installation, one full-width panel/frame from the initial bench is fitted to the end of the final add-on bench, being replaced by a metal Power Tower from the add-on bench. Note that risers on the inside of panel ends are always Slate. For sockets and electrical fittings for both desktop mounting and inside cable tray, please see p.60. All bench desks are supplied with fixings that may be used to lock the top in the closed position if it is desired to restrict access to the cable tray. If you wish to use this feature please ensure that the fitters are given instructions to fit the locking brackets upon installation.
Return with 3 drawer pedestal (unhanded) Without handles 800 x 525mm ABRP3/N/** ➀ 1000 x 525mm ABRP310/N/** ➀
➂ ➂
With handles ABRP3/++/** ➀ ABRP310/++/** ➀
➂ ➂
Returns have sliding tops and may be fitted to both single and double-sided benches. Returns are common to both panel and metal frame benches.
DESK-MOUNTED SPA SCREENS: RECTANGULAR, 340MM HIGH (please order mounting brackets separately) 340mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm* 2000mm*
Code S80033S/##/+ S10033S/##/+ S12033S/##/+ S14033S/##/+ S14333S/##/+ S16033S/##/+ S16333S/##/+ S18033S/##/+ S20033S/##/+
Grp 1 Grp 2
With Integral Accessory Bar add code /AB Grp 1 Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall add code /SW Grp 1 Grp 2
Screen mounting brackets for Ambus bench desks For single bench desks SB1/## per set (with metal frames or panel ends) For double bench desks SB2M/## per set (with metal frames) SB2P/## per set (with panel ends)
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + +
For full range of screens see SPA desk-mounted screens p.66-65. Be sure to order the necessary bench screen brackets. For pedestals and storage/pedestals see p.30-31 For matching storage units and fittings see p.32-36. For screen code options please see next p.9.
Replace ++ with handle code: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC) Replace ~~ with desk metal frame and power tower finish: BK=Black ZN=Zinc WH=White SL=Slate [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
8
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
Initial
Initial
With panel ends
With metal end frames
Initial / stand alone desks Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
Initial / stand alone desks
Code AB2D88/** AB2D810/** AB2D812/** AB2D814/** AB2D816/** AB2D818/** AB2D820/**
Price ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Code AB2D88/**/M~~ AB2D810/**/M~~ AB2D812/**/M~~ AB2D814/**/M~~ AB2D816/**/M~~ AB2D818/**/M~~ AB2D820/**/M~~
Add-on
Price ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Add-on
Add-on / extension desks Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
AMBUS
BENCH DESKS / DOUBLE-SIDED (1600MM DEEP) – with sliding tops, cable trays and cable risers in all panels/frames as standard
Add-on / extension desks
Code AB2D88E/**/~~ T AB2D810E/**/~~ T AB2D812E/**/~~ T AB2D814E/**/~~ T AB2D816E/**/~~ T AB2D818E/**/~~ T AB2D820E/**/~~ T
Price ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Code AB2D88E/**/M~~ AB2D810E/**/M~~ AB2D812E/**/M~~ AB2D814E/**/M~~ AB2D816E/**/M~~ AB2D818E/**/M~~ AB2D820E/**/M~~
Price ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
i
Notes regarding Bench desks When specifying benches, please order an initial bench plus any add-on benches. On installation, one full-width panel/frame from the initial bench is fitted to the end of the final add-on bench, being replaced by a metal Power Tower from the add-on bench. For sockets and electrical fittings for both desktop mounting and inside cable tray, please see p.60. All bench desks are supplied with fixings that may be used to lock the top in the closed position if it is desired to restrict access to the cable tray (eg. to IT department staff only). If you wish to use this feature please ensure that the fitters are given instructions to fit the locking brackets upon installation. Note that risers on the inside of panel ends are always Slate. If you are not ordering screens with double-sided bench desks, insert /N at the end of the core bench code, before the /**. This will indicate that tops should be manufactured slightly deeper, leaving only a15mm gap between the tops for cable routing.
DESK-MOUNTED SPA SCREENS: RECTANGULAR, 505MM HIGH (please order mounting brackets separately) Screen mounting brackets for Ambus bench desks
505mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm* 2000mm*
Code Grp 1 S80050S/##/+ S10050S/##/+ S12050S/##/+ S14050S/##/+ S14350S/##/+ S16050S/##/+ S16350S/##/+ S18050S/##/+ S20050S/##/+
Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall add code /SW Grp 1 Grp 2
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + +
For single bench desks SB1/## per set (with metal frames or panel ends) For double bench desks SB2M/## per set (with metal frames) SB2P/## per set (with panel ends) Benches without screens
If NOT ordering screens with double-sided bench desks, insert /N at the end of the core bench code, before /**. This indicates that tops should be made slightly deeper, leaving a 15mm gap between the tops for cables. For full range of screens see SPA desk-mounted screens p.66-67 – be sure to order the necessary bench screen brackets. For pedestals and storage/pedestals see p.30-31. For matching storage units and fittings see p.32-36.
Replace ## with screen frame colour: BK=Black SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White Replace + with code for the fabric colour required (fabric colour codes can be up to six characters, and are listed on our screen fabric swatch cards under each fabric sample) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm and wider, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer Replace ~~ with desk metal frame and power tower finish: BK=Black ZN=Zinc WH=White SL=Slate [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
9
AMBUS
AMBUS RECTANGULAR DESKS with panel ends Size 800x800
Code AD8/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX8
1000x800
AD10/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX10
1200x800
AD12/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX12
1400x800
AD14/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX14
1600x800
AD16/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX16
1800x800
AD18/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX18
2000x800
AD20/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX20
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P##
+ +
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
with metal frames Size 800x800
Code AD8/**/C~~/P##
Cable handling Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX8
1000x800
AD10/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX10
1200x800
AD12/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX12
1400x800
AD14/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX14
1600x800
AD16/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX16
1800x800
AD18/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX18
2000x800
AD20/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX20
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
10
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
AMBUS
AMBUS WAVE DESKS with panel ends
L - Left handed
Size Code 1200x800/1000 AW12L(R)/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX12
1400x800/1000 AW14L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX14
1600x800/1000 AW16L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX16
AW18L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX18
1800x800/1000
R - Right handed
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## + To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels +
Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
with metal frames
L - Left handed
Size Code 1200x800/1000 AW12L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Cable handling Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX12
1400x800/1000 AW14L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX14
1600x800/1000 AW16L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX16
1800x800/1000 AW18L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX18
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
R - Right handed
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
11
AMBUS
AMBUS WAVE DESKS: CLASSIC with panel ends Size 1200x1000/800 L - Left handed
Code AWC12L(R)/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
Cable tray AX12
➂
1400x1000/800
AWC14L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX14
1600x1000/800
AWC16L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX16
1800x1000/800
AWC18L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX18
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P##
+ +
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code:
R - Right handed
/LP for left panel + /RP for right panel +
A recessed panel can only be fitted to the 800mm end of the desk and should only be fitted if the desk is liked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
with metal frames
L - Left handed
Size Code 1200x1000/800 AWC12L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Cable handling Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX12
1400x1000/800 AWC14L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX14
1600x1000/800 AWC16L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX16
1800x1000/800 AWC18L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX18
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame (no charge for recessed end frames) A recessed metal frame can only be fitted to the 800mm end of the desk and should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
R - Right handed
AMBUS COMPACT DOUBLE-WAVE DESKS with panel ends Size 1400x800/600
Code AWCD14/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX14
1600x800/600
AWCD16/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX16
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## + To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
with metal frames Size Code 1400x800/600 AWCD14/**/C~~/P##
Cable handling Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX14
1600x800/600 AWCD16/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX16
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side. Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
12
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
AMBUS
AMBUS COMPACT WAVE WORKSTATIONS – with integral pedestal with panel ends (pedestals with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners)
L - Left handed
Size 1400x800/525
Code AWW14TL(R)/**/A##/N
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX8
1600x800/525
AWW16TL(R)/**/A##/N
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX10
Supplied with cable ports in the top as standard. To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P##
+ +
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code:
R - Right handed
/LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
with metal frames (pedestals with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners)
L - Left handed
Size 1400x800/525
Code AWW14TL(R)/**/C~~/P##/N
Cable handling Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX8
1600x800/525
AWW16TL(R)/**/C~~/P##/N
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX10
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
R - Right handed Handles Pedestals include side drawer pulls as standard. To specify front-fixed handles on the drawers replace the ‘/N’ at the end of the code with either ‘/HR’ for Ambus Bow handles or ‘/HS’ for Elegance Bow handles and add or ‘/HE’ for Timber Executive handles and add Pedestals and Pentrays Workstations are fitted with a standard 431mm wide pedestal, which does include a pentray.
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
13
AMBUS
UNDERSTANDING THE CHOICE OF AMBUS CORNER DESKS AND WORKSTATIONS We offer a very wide choice of Corner-shape desk units, each tailored to meet particular needs and budgets. Corner Desks are supported on frames or panels at the 800mm and 525mm ends of the desk, with a separate, wire-managed metal corner leg (veneered MDF on veneered desks). Compact Corner Desks share the same construction as Corner Desks, but have a maximum depth of 1000mm compared to 1200mm on a standard corner desk. The reduced footprint can result in worthwhile space savings, especially when laying out large offices. Simple Corner Desks and Simple Compact Corner Desks share the same tops as the standard desks described above, but the supporting structure is simplified. The 800mm end of the desk is supported on a panel or frame as on the standard desk, but the ‘long’ end of the desk is supported on an single extended panel or frame that takes the place of both the corner leg and the small (525mm) end panel or end frame. The visual appearance is “simpler”, and on metal frame desks and wire-managed panel end desks there are cable management risers at only two corners instead of three. The simplified structure offers cost reductions over conventional Corner Desks. Handed Corner Workstations are effectively Corner Desks with an integrated pedestal (2 drawers + filing drawer), with a one-piece top that extends over the top of the pedestal. Integrating a pedestal saves a supporting panel or frame, and a separate top for the pedestal, and results in cost savings over a separate Corner Desk and freestanding desk-height pedestal. Available in MFC finishes only. Simple Handed Corner Workstations have a simplified supporting structure similar to that used for Simple Corner Desks. Available in MFC only. PRICE COMPARISONS The following price comparisons are based on a 1600mm desk (cable handling: cable ports) combined with a 3 drawer desk height pedestal, in Price Group 1 (any of our MFC finishes). Prices are the same for panel end and metal frame. Corner Desk: AC16.............................................................. Pedestal: AEP3T/N.............................................................. Total...............................................................................................
+
+
Simple Corner Desk: ACS16................................................. Pedestal: AEP3T/N.............................................................. Total...............................................................................................
+
+
Compact Corner Desk: ACC16............................................. Pedestal: AEP3T/N.............................................................. Total...............................................................................................
+
+
Simple Compact Corner Desk: ACCS16................................ Pedestal: AEP3T/N.............................................................. Total...............................................................................................
+
+
Handed Corner Workstation: ACW16T............................................ (pedestal included) Simple Handed Corner Workstation: ACWS16T (pedestal included)..........................................................................
AMBUS SLATE PROFILE EDGE OPTION – additional information The Slate profile edge is available only on items with 25mm tops (e.g. not on under-desk pedestals which have 18mm tops). The Slate profile edge is fitted to the user side only of the component concerned, except in cases where a continuous edge extends past the user side, as on D-end desks, and on rectangular tables where the profile is fitted to both long sides. When the Slate profile edge is selected, the depth of tops is increased by 11mm on MFC and 9mm on veneer over the dimensions shown in the price list. D-ended desks and circular tables increase in depth by 22mm in MFC and 18mm in veneer. Profile edge is applied between cross marks on the illustrations below. Additional fixed cost per item of
14
Rectangular desks
Wave desks
Corner desks
D-end corner desks – profile around D-end
All desk height pedestals
Storage units
Filing cabinets
All pedestals under desk height – no profile option
Sven Price List January 2017
Corner links – profile applied to edge facing user
AMBUS
AMBUS CORNER DESKS with panel ends
L - Left handed
Size 1400x1200/800
Code AC14L(R)/**/A##
Cable handling Price Cable ports ➀
➂
Cable tray Front Side AX12 AX10
1600x1200/800
AC16L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX14
AX10
1800x1200/800
AC18L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX16
AX10
2000x1200/800
AC20L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX18
AX10
1800x1200/800
ACD18L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX12
AX10
2000x1200/800
ACD20L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX14
AX10
R - Right handed
L - Left handed
(conference overhang is 400mm) To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels and leg) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## +
R - Right handed
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
with metal frames
L - Left handed
Size 1400x1200/800
Code AC14L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Cable handling Price Power Handling ➀
➂
Cable tray Front Side AX12 AX10
1600x1200/800
AC16L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX14
AX10
1800x1200/800
AC18L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX16
AX10
2000x1200/800
AC20L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX18
AX10
1800x1200/800
ACD18L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX12
AX10
2000x1200/800
ACD20L(R)/**/C~~/P## Power Handling (conference overhang is 400mm)
➀
➂
AX14
AX10
R - Right handed
L - Left handed
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
R - Right handed
Bow-front top option The above Corner Desks (with the exception of ACD18 L/(R) and ACD20 L/(R)) may optionally be ordered with bow-front tops. The bow adds 150mm at its deepest point, creating a maximum overhang of 240mm from the modesty panel. To specify, insert ‘/B’ after the product code. For example, AC16L/**/ASL would become AC16L/B/**/ASL Extra cost for price group ➀: 1400mm desk + 1600mm desk + 1800mm desk + 2000mm desk + Extra cost for price group ➂: 1400mm desk + 1600mm desk + 1800mm desk + 2000mm desk +
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
15
AMBUS
AMBUS SIMPLE CORNER DESKS with panel ends
L - Left handed
Size 1400x1200/800
Code ACS14L(R)/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray Front Side AX14 AX10
1600x1200/800
ACS16L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX16
AX10
1800x1200/800
ACS18L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX18
AX10
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## + R - Right handed
with metal frames
L - Left handed
Size Code Cable handling 1400x1200/800 ACS14L(R)/**/C~~/P## Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray (front) AX14
1600x1200/800 ACS16L(R)/**/C~~/P## Power Handling
➀
➂
AX16
1800x1200/800 ACS18L(R)/**/C~~/P## Power Handling
➀
➂
AX18
R - Right handed
i
Simple Corner Desks are not available with recessed end panels or frames
Bow-front top option The above Simple Corner Desks may optionally be ordered with bow-front tops. The bow adds 150mm at its deepest point, creating a maximum overhang of 240mm from the modesty panel. To specify, insert ‘/B’ after the product code. For example, ACS16L/**/^^/ASL would become ACS16L/B/**/^^/ASL Additional cost for price group ➀: 1400mm desk: + 1600mm desk: + 1800mm desk: + Additional cost for price groups ➂: 1400mm desk: + 1600mm desk: + 1800mm desk: +
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
16
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
with panel ends
L - Left handed
Size Code 1600x1000/800 ACC16L(R)/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray Front Side AX14 AX8
1800x1000/800 ACC18L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX16
AMBUS
AMBUS COMPACT CORNER DESKS
AX8
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels and leg) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## + R - Right handed
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code:
/LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels +
Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
with metal frames
L - Left handed
Size Code 1600x1000/800 ACC16L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Cable handling Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray Front Side AX14 AX8
1800x1000/800 ACC18L(R)/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX16
AX8
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side. R - Right handed
AMBUS SIMPLE COMPACT CORNER DESKS with panel ends
L - Left handed
Size Code 1600x1000/800 ACCS16L(R)/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray Front Side AX16 AX8
1800x1000/800 ACCS18L(R)/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX18
AX8
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## + R - Right handed
with metal frames L - Left handed
Size Code Cable handling 1600x1000/800 ACCS16L(R)/**/C~~/P## Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray (Front) AX16
1800x1000/800 ACCS18L(R)/**/C~~/P## Power Handling
➀
➂
AX18
R - Right handed
i
Simple Compact Corner Desks are not available with recessed end panels or frames
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
17
AMBUS
AMBUS HANDED CORNER WORKSTATIONS with panel ends – one-piece top and integral pedestal Pedestal with 2 drawers + file drawer with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners, side drawer pulls, pentray.
L - Left handed
Size 1600x1600/800 1800x1600/800
Code ACW16TL(R)/**/A##/N ACW18TL(R)/**/A##/N
Cable handling Cable ports Cable ports
Cable tray Front AX14 AX16
Price ➀ ➀
Side AX8 AX8
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panel and leg) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## +
R - Right handed
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel +
Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit.
with metal frames – one-piece top and integral pedestal Pedestal with 2 drawers + file drawer with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners, side drawer pulls, pentray.
L - Left handed
Size 1600x1600/800 1800x1600/800
Code ACW16TL(R)/**/C~~/P##/N ACW18TL(R)/**/C~~/P##/N
Cable handling Power Handling Power Handling
Cable tray Front Side AX14 AX8 AX16 AX8
Price ➀ ➀
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit.
R - Right handed
Finishes Handed Corner Workstations are available in MFC only, as standard. Veneer to special order – POA. Handles The integral 3-drawer pedestal includes side drawer pulls as standard. To specify front-fixed handles on the drawers replace the ‘/N’ at the end of the code with either ‘/HR’ for Ambus Bow handles or ‘/HS’ for Elegance Bow handles +
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
18
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
AMBUS
AMBUS SIMPLE HANDED CORNER WORKSTATIONS with panel ends – one-piece top and integral pedestal Pedestal with 2 drawers + file drawer with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners, side drawer pulls, pentray.
L - Left handed
R - Right handed
1600x1600/800
Size
Code ACWS16TL(R)/**/A##/N
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
Cable tray AX16 (front)
1800x1600/800
ACWS18TL(R)/**/A##/N
Cable ports
➀
AX18 (front)
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panel) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## + To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel +
Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit.
with metal frames – one-piece top and integral pedestal Pedestal with 2 drawers + file drawer with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners, side drawer pulls, pentray.
L - Left handed
1600x1600/800
Size
Code Cable handling ACWS16TL(R)/**/C~~/^^/P##/N Power Handling
Price ➀
Cable tray AX16 (front)
1800x1600/800
ACWS18TL(R)/**/C~~/^^/P##/N Power Handling
➀
AX18 (front)
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit.
R - Right handed
Finishes Handed Corner Workstations are available in MFC only, as standard. Veneer to special order – POA. Handles The integral 3-drawer pedestal includes side drawer pulls as standard. To specify front-fixed handles on the drawers replace the ‘/N’ at the end of the code with either ‘/HR’ for Ambus Bow handles or ‘/HS’ for Elegance Bow handles +
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
19
AMBUS
AMBUS UNHANDED CORNER DESKS with panel ends – wire management riser to corner leg
G
Size Code 1600x1600/800 ACW16/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray (one or two may be AX14
1800x1800/800 ACW18/**/A##
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX16
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P##
fitted: one to each side of the desk)
+ +
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code:
/LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels +
Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
G with metal frames – wire management riser to corner leg and end frames Size Code 1600x1600/800 ACW16/**/C~~/P##
Cable handling Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray (one or two may be AX14
1800x1800/800 ACW18/**/C~~/P##
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX16
fitted: one to each side of the desk)
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
i
Both the ACW16 and ACW18 are designed to be used either with narrow pedestals (ANLP2, ANP3) underneath the worksurface, or with desk height, desk depth pedestals (ADDP2, ADDP3, ADDP4) either side of the workstation. If our standard 431mm wide pedestals were to be used underneath the worksurface, they would intrude unacceptably into the working area. The ANP3 narrow pedestal should not be specified with ACW16 where a cable tray is fitted, as the cable tray would hold the pedestal forward and cause it to intrude into the working area (the ANLP2 narrow pedestal is lower and slides underneath the cable tray).
Woodgrain direction
Standard
‘X’
‘D’
To change the grain direction from standard and order the opposite grain direction (making the desk left handed) please add the suffix ‘X’ to the end of the finish code. Optionally, ‘diagonal’ woodgrain (making the grain unhanded) can be ordered by adding suffix ‘D’ to the end of the finish code. There is no extra charge to change the direction of the grain when it remains parallel to one of the worksurfaces, but there is an additional charge when the grain runs diagonally. Additional prices for diagonal woodgrains on Unhanded Corner Workstations are as follows: Price group 1: + Price groups 3: +
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
20
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
with panel ends Size
Code
1000X1000/800 AC120/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
Cable tray (one or two may be fitted: one AX8
➂
AMBUS
AMBUS 120° DESKS
to each side of the desk)
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P##
+ +
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code:
/LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels +
Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
with metal frames – wire management riser to corner leg Size
Code
Cable handling
1000X1000/800 AC120/**/C~~/P## Power Handling
Price ➀
Cable tray AX8
➂
(one or two may be fitted: one to each side of the desk)
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
AMBUS 120° WORKSTATION – with integral pedestal with panel ends – with integral pedestal. Pedestal with 2 drawers + file drawer with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners, side drawer pulls, pentray.
L - Left handed
Size 1200x1200/800
Code ACP120TL(R)/**/A##/N
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
Cable tray (for side without pedestal) AX10
➂
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panel and leg) change /A## to /W## + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P## + To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code:
R - Right handed
/LP for left panel + /RP for right panel +
Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit.
with metal frames – with integral pedestal. Pedestal with 2 drawers + file drawer with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners, side drawer pulls, pentray.
L - Left handed
Size 1200x1200/800
Code Cable handling ACP120TL(R)/**/C~~/P##/N Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray (for side without pedestal) AX10
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit. R - Right handed Handles: The integral 3 drawer pedestal includes side drawer pulls as standard. To specify front-fixed handles on the drawers replace the ‘/N’ at the end of the code with either ‘/HR’ for Ambus Bow handles or ‘/HS’ for Elegance Bow handles and add or ‘/HE’ for Timber Executive handles and add
Woodgrain direction 120° Workstations feature diagonal grain as standard
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
21
AMBUS
AMBUS FREESTANDING RETURNS
G
G
with panel ends Size Code 800x525/800 AWRL(R)/**/A##
L
800x525
R
AR/**/A##
Cable handling Cable ports
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX8
Cable ports
➀
➂
AX8
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) change /A## to /W## To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) change /A## to /P##
G
+ +
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels +
Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
G
G
with metal frames Size Code 800x525/800 AWRL(R)/**/C~~/P##
L
R
800x525
G
AR/**/C~~/P##
Cable handling Power Handling
Price ➀
➂
Cable tray AX8
Power Handling
➀
➂
AX8
To specify Recessed End Frames insert the following codes after the finish code: /LF for left frame /RF for right frame /BF for both frames (no charge for recessed end frames) Recessed frames should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
Woodgrain Direction Standard veneer grain direction as indicated. To rotate the grain direction of veneered finishes 90° from the standard add suffix “X” to the end of the finish code (e.g. AR/**X/ASL). The grain direction on wood effect MFC finishes can be changed to special order: POA.
G
AMBUS FIXED RETURN – with three drawer pedastal Fixed return with 3 drawer pedestal (unhanded) Pedestal with 2 drawers + file drawer with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners, side drawer pulls, pentray.
Without handles ARP3/N/** ARP310/N/**
800 x 525mm 1000 x 525mm
➀ ➀
With handles ARP3/++/** ARP310/++/**
➂ ➂
➁ ➁
➀ ➀
➂ ➂
➁ ➁
This return may be fitted to Ambus rectangular desks only (excluding bench). No back panel or cable ports.
AMBUS MEETING DESKS Meeting desk with 3 drawer pedestal Pedestal with 2 drawers + file drawer with timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners, side drawer pulls, pentray.
Without handles 1500x800 AMD15TL(R)/**/MZN/A##/N 1700x800 AMD17TL(R)/**/MZN/A##/N
Left Pedestal
➀ ➀
➂ ➂
With handles AMD15TL(R)/**/MZN/A##/++ ➀ AMD17TL(R)/**/MZN/A##/++ ➀
➂ ➂
Supplied with cable ports in the top, and the bottom rear of both sides of the pedestal. Meeting desks legs are available in Zinc only. Right Pedestal
Optional column base in Polished Chrome Replace /MZN in code with /MPC and add
Replace ++ with handle code: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC) Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. Replace ~~ with metal end frame finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Note: Metal frames have cable risers matching the selected frame colour: cable risers in panel ends are internal and are always Slate. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
22
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE EXTENSIONS To fit a 800mm end of single desk Type
Code
Price
Unhanded (fits to left or right of desk). ACE/**/M~~ (links to panel ends) With two supporting metal legs ACE/**/M~~/C (links to C2 frames)
➀
➂
To fit two desks placed back-to-back 1600 526
1624 547
1665 589
Type Code Price Links the ends of two desks placed AE160/**/M~~ (links to panel ends) ➀ ➂ back-to-back with no gap between. AE160/**/M~~/C (links to C2 frames) With metal leg. Note: Desks linked with the AE160 extension may be fitted with SPA desk-mounted screens, but no other desk mounted screens or accessory bars. AE162/**/M~~ (links to panel ends) AE162/**/M~~/C (links to C2 frames)
➀
➂
Links the ends of two desks, leaving AE166/**/M~~ (links to panel ends) space between the desks for a floorAE166/**/M~~/C (links to C2 frames) standing or desk-mounted ALU screen. With metal leg.
➀
➂
Links the ends of two desks, leaving space between the desks for a floor standing SPA screen. With metal leg.
AMBUS LINKS Type 0
100
800
0 100 525
1000
0
80 1000
25
5
Code
Price
Linking to 800mm deep units on ADC/**/M~~/A## (links to panel ends) ➀ both sides. With access cutout and ADC/**/M~~/A##/C (links to C2 frames) single supporting metal leg
➂
Linking to 525mm deep units on ASC/**/M~~/A## (links to panel ends) ➀ both sides. With access cutout and ASC/**/M~~/A##/C (links to C2 frames) single supporting metal leg
➂
Links must be attached to freestanding units on both sides. If an ASC or ADC is to be fitted between pedestals or storage units, code for “link to panel ends”. If an ASC or ADC is to be fitted between a metal frame desk and a pedestal/storage unit, code for “links to C2 frames” and add a special note on the order: we will supply the necessary extra fittings.
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port) Veneer cable ports – POA. Replace M~~ with metal leg finish: MSL=Slate MZN=Zinc MWH=White MPC=Polished Chrome [+5%: CRM=Raw Steel - Matt CRG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
23
AMBUS
AMBUS STREAMLINE™ RECEPTION COUNTERS 900 300 200 G
375
G
1135
G 735
Counter Modules (1135mm high) Size (mm)
Code
Cable Tray
800x900
ARD8/**/W## ➀
➁
➂
AX8 +
1000x900
ARD10/**/W## ➀
➁
➂
AX10 +
1200x900
ARD12/**/W## ➀
➁
➂
AX12 +
1400x900
ARD14/**/W## ➀
➁
➂
AX14 +
1600x900
ARD16/**/W## ➀
➁
➂
AX16 +
1800x900
ARD18/**/W## ➀
➁
➂
AX18 +
2000x900
ARD20/**/W## ➀
➁
➂
2 x AX10 + ea.
Recessed panels must be specified on counter modules where they link to any other module. To specify Recessed End Panels (no change in price): Add to the code: /LP for left panel /RP for right panel /BP for both panels It is not necessary to specify recessed panels on customer contact modules as they share the end panel of the adjoining counter module. End panels in counter modules incorporate a cable management riser on the inner face of the panel. Counter modules incorporate two cable ports. Customer Contact ‘End’ Modules (735mm high)
(R)
(L)
Size (mm)
Code
1000x900
ARD10EAL/** (left)
➀
➁
➂
1000x900
ARD10EAR/** (right) ➀
➁
➂
(Codes for left and right are from the perspective of the receptionist, in keeping with industry convention. Images to left illustrate the visitors view) Customer Contact ‘Sandwich’ Modules (735mm high) Size (mm)
Code
800x900
ARD8CA/**
➀
➁
➂
1000x900
ARD10CA/**
➀
➁
➂
(Note: there are no cable ports in Customer Contact modules)
G
Important: Woodgrain direction on Streamline counters Note: Woodgrain on Streamline counters runs front-to-back on the counter and desktops and vertically on the front panel – the opposite of our usual conventions. This ensures the best grain match between counter modules and customer contact modules and also creates a distinctive and contemporary appearance.
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port). Veneered ports POA. (800mm wide counter modules have one cable port: all other counter modules have two cable ports. Customer Contact modules do not have cable ports) Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Premium MFC Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ combination: Add suffix “H” for Gloss White MFC vertical panels with top in the Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Price Group ➁ chosen veneer finish. Beech BB Maple GM Wenge WG Gloss White MFC vertical Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Black BK Natural Oak NO White WH panels with top in any MFC Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Concrete CC Natural Walnut WN Zebrano ZB finish. Add suffix “H” to Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar MC Slate SL Zebrano Sand ZS finish code. Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
24
Sven Price List January 2017
AEWA
AEWB
Footprint
AMBUS
AMBUS EXECUTIVE WORKSTATIONS – with linked storage AEWC
Code (L=storage to left, R=storage to right)
AEWA – desk supported on cupboard + pedestal *2 1400mm desk 1825 x 1242mm AEWA14L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS 1600mm desk 2025 x 1242mm AEWA16L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS 1800mm desk 2255 x 1242mm AEWA18L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS 2000mm desk 2425 x 1242mm AEWA20L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS
Modesty panel
Cable basket *1
AEWB – desk supported on cupboard + pedestal+single door cupboard *2 (L=storage to left, R=storage to right) 1400mm desk 1825 x 1651mm AEWB14L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS ➀ AEMP14/** ➁ ➂ 1600mm desk 2025 x 1651mm AEWB16L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS ➀ AEMP16/** ➁ ➂ 1800mm desk 2255 x 1651mm AEWB18L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS ➀ AEMP18/** ➁ ➂ 2000mm desk 2425 x 1651mm AEWB20L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS ➀ AEMP20/** ➁ ➂
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
AK14 AK16 AK18 AK20
AEWC – desk supported on cupboard + pedestal+double door cupboard *2 (L=storage to left, R=storage to right) 1400mm desk 1825 x 2039mm AEWC14L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS ➀ AEMP14/** ➁ ➂ 1600mm desk 2025 x 2039mm AEWC16L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS ➀ AEMP16/** ➁ ➂ 1800mm desk 2255 x 2039mm AEWC18L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS ➀ AEMP18/** ➁ ➂ 2000mm desk 2425 x 2039mm AEWC20L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS ➀ AEMP20/** ➁ ➂
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
AK14 AK16 AK18 AK20
800
AK14 AK16 AK18 AK20
800
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
800
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
800
AEMP14/** AEMP16/** AEMP18/** AEMP20/**
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
All cupboards include one adjustable shelf. Desks are 735mm high and storage unit 685mm high. Storage/pedestals are part built, some assembly required on-site.
AMBUS EXECUTIVE SINGLE PEDESTAL DESKS AESP
Footprint
Code (L=pedestal to left, R=pedestal to right)
Modesty panel
Cable basket *1
AESP – desk supported on pedestal *2 *3
1600mm desk 1600 x 800mm 1800mm desk 1800 x 800mm 2000mm desk 2000 x 800mm
AESP16L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS AESP18L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS AESP20L(R)/**/~~~/A##/HS
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
AEMP13/** ➀ AEMP15/** ➀ AEMP17/** ➀
➂ ➂ ➂
AK13 AK15 AK17
*1 Cable trays comprise a chromed wire basket inset 125mm from the rear of the desk and will be to view unless a modesty panel is also specified. Note that cable basket code numbers differ from the corresponding modesty panel codes on some single pedestal desks, as listed above. *2 Pedestals and cupboards are fitted with Elegance Bow handles as standard: Ambus Bow handles may be specified instead by changing the /HS at the end of the code to /HR . Pedestals comprise 2 drawers + filing drawer. Cupboards include one adjustable shelf. *3 AESP pedestals incorporate cable routing as standard. If a computer or other electrical equipment is to be placed inside the cupboard supporting the desk, please specify a ventilation grille and cable port (inset into the the cupboard back) by adding the following to the end of the product code: for White: /VW + for Silver: /VS + Storage/pedestals are part built, some assembly required on-site.
Replace ## with finish for cable ports: ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Chrome (Chrome + per port – Workstations have three and Single Pedestal Desks two) Replace ~~~ with metal end frame finish: EZN=Zinc EWH=White EBK=Black EFC=Faux Chrome (Faux Chrome +) [+5%: ERM=Raw Steel - Matt ERG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “E” for selected finish on desk top and storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech BB Macassar MC Natural Walnut WN White WH Black BK Maple GM Slate SL Zebrano ZB Concrete CC Natural Oak NO Wenge WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on desk top and storage fronts with
White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge
NW SO WE
25
Rectangular Desks and Bench Desks (sliding tops replace cable ports in bench desks) 800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
800
AMBUS
AMBUS WORKSURFACE SHAPES AND SIZES
AD8 ABS88
AD10 ABS810
AD12 ABS812
AD14 ABS814
AD16 ABS816
AD18 ABS818
AD20 ABS820
120° Desk and Workstations Coffee Tables
1000
12
AC120
Wave Desks 1200
1400
1400
1600
ACP120L 1600
ACP120R
1800
1800
800
1200
1200
00
00 10
600
600 Ø
1200
00 12
1000
800
600
AW12R
AW12L
AW14L
AW14R
AW16L
AW16R
AW18L
AW18R
Classic Wave Desks 1200
1200
1400
1400
1600
1600
1800
1800
1000
800
AWC12L
AWC12R
AWC14L
AWC14R
AWC16L
AWC16R
AWC18L
1600
AWCD14
AWCD16
1500
1500
800
1400
AWC18R
Meeting Desks
Compact Double-wave Desks
AMD15L
AMD15R
Compact Wave Workstations 1400
1600
1600
1700
1700
800
800
1400
AWW14L
AWW14R
AWW16L
AWW16R
1600
1600
D-end Corner Desks
1800
1800
1800
ACC18R ACCS18R
ACC18L ACCS18L
1800
2000
2000
1200
1000
800
ACC16R ACCS16R
ACC16L ACCS16L
AMD17R
AMD17L
Compact Corner Desks - Simple Compact Corner Desks
ACD18L
ACD18R
ACD20L
ACD20R
Corner Desks - Simple Corner Desks 1400
1400
1600
1600
1800
AC18L ACS18L
AC18R ACS18R
1800
1800
2000
2000
1200
800
1800
AC14L ACS14L
AC16L ACS16L
AC14R ACS14R
AC16R ACS16R
AC20R
AC20L
Bow-front Corner Desks - Simple Bow-front Corner Desks 1400
1400
1600
1600
2000
2000
1200
800
AC14R/B ACS14R/B
AC14L/B ACS14L/B
AC16R/B ACS16R/B
AC16L/B ACS16L/B
1600
AC20L/B
AC20R/B
Unhanded Corner Desks
Handed Corner Workstations - Simple Handed Workstations 1600
AC18R/B ACS18R/B
AC18L/B ACS18L/B
1800
1800
1600
1800
ACW16
525
525
525
1000
525
800
800
AR ARP3 ABRP3
525
ADC
ASC
Conference Extensions 526
1000 800
1000
800
800
AWRL
AWRR
ACW18
586
Returns
Corner Links 1000
ACW18R ACWS18R
547
ACW18L ACWS18L
1800
1600
1600
800
ACW16R ACWS16R
ACW16L ACWS16L
1600
1624
1665
AE160
AE162
AE166
800
Desk Height Pedestals, Filing Cabinet and Storage Units
Pedestals
26
800
1000
1600
Filing cabinet
800
500
525
431 525
800
431
525
ACE
Storage units
Sven Price List January 2017
Ambus Executive Workstation – with linked storage 2025
1825
1654
1825
525
2425
1600
800
800
1800
525
2000 2042
2042
2042
2042
2255 800
800
1400
2000
525
2025
525
1245
1245
525
1800
800
1600
2425 800
525
2255 800
1400
2000
525
2025 800
1654
525
1654
1245
1245 525
1800
800
525
1600
2425 800
800
800
1400
2255
1654
1825
AMBUS
AMBUS WORKSURFACE SHAPES AND SIZES
525
525
Ambus Executive Single Pedestal Desks 2000 800
1800 800
800
1600
Sven Price List January 2017
27
AMBUS
AMBUS PEDESTALS With timber clad drawers fitted with heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners Size Description Code Price
Castors – Insert /M before /**
FREESTANDING PEDESTALS – 431mm wide
G
G
Medium height, 2 drawers + filing drawer 431x600x630mm
Without handles AFP3T/N/**
➀
➂
With handles AFP3T/++/**
➀
➂
+
Medium height, 4 drawers 431x600x630mm
Without handles AFP4T/N/**
➀
➂
With handles AFP4T/++/**
➀
➂
+
Desk height, 2 drawers + filing drawer 431x525x735mm
Without handles AEP3T/N/**
➀
➁ ➂
With handles AEP3T/++/**
➀
➁ ➂
Desk height, 4 drawers 431x525x735mm
Without handles AEP4T/N/**
➀
➁ ➂
With handles AEP4T/++/**
➀
➁ ➂
Desk height, desk depth, 2 filing drawers 431x800x735mm
Without handles ADDP2T/N/**
➀
➂
With handles ➀ ADDP2T/++/**
➂
Desk height, desk depth, 2 drawers Without handles + filing drawer 431x800x735mm ADDP3T/N/**
➀
➂
With handles ➀ ADDP3T/++/**
➂
Desk height, desk depth, 4 drawers Without handles 431x800x735mm ADDP4T/N/**
➀
➂
With handles ➀ ADDP4T/++/**
➂
LOW MOBILE PEDESTALS – 431mm wide 1 drawer + filing drawer, fitted cas- Without handles tors 431x600x490mm ALP2T/N/M/**
➀
➂
With handles ➀ ALP2T/++/M/**
➂
Standard
3 drawers, fitted castors 431x600x490mm
➀
➂
With handles ➀ ALP3T/++/M/**
➂
Standard
Mobile, low height 1 drawer + filing Without handles ➀ drawer, fitted castors ANLP2T/N/M/** 320x600x490mm
➂
With handles ➀ ANLP2T/++/M/**
➂
Standard
Freestanding, medium height, 2 drawers + filing drawer 320x600x630mm
➂
With handles ANP3T/++/**
➂
+
Without handles ALP3T/N/M/**
NARROW PEDESTALS – 320mm wide
Without handles ANP3T/N/**
➀
➀
FIXED PEDESTALS – 431mm wide (Fixed pedestals cannot be fitted to Ambus desks specified with C2 metal
frames, 800mm wide rectangular desks, compact or simple compact corner desks, unhanded corner workstations or double-wave desks.)
Fixed, 1 drawer + filing drawer 431x577x460mm
i
Without handles AP2T/N/**
➀
➂
With handles AP2T/++/**
➀
➂
Fixed, 3 drawers 431x577x460mm Without handles AP3T/N/**
➀
➂
With handles AP3T/++/**
➀
➂
Standard grain direction as indicated. To rotate the grain direction of veneered finishes 90° from standard add suffix “X” to the end Grain runs side-to-side of the finish code (e.g. ADDP4/H/**X). NB The grain direction on wood effect MFC finishes can also be changed to special order: POA. G
Use with extensions: pedestals are not dimensioned for use underneath extensions/returns.
Grain runs front-to-back
Optional handles: all pedestals are fitted with side drawer pulls. Optional handles must be specified on pedestals when panel end furniture or metal frame Bench desks are to stand on both sides of a pedestal, as this will prevent access to the side drawer pulls.
G
Pentrays: one pentray is supplied as standard with every 431mm wide pedestal. Pentrays are not supplied in narrow pedestals as standard, but may be ordered as an option. To fit a pentray into a narrow drawer a timber division must be added inside the drawer, allowing the pentray to be positioned front-to-back. For pentray + division add /PT to the narrow pedestal code and add to the pedestal price. Replace ++ with handle code: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC) Replace ** withthe panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech Black Concrete
28
BB BK CC
Maple Macassar Natural Oak
GM MC NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY Macassar Tan LO Maple MG Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
AMBUS
AMBUS PEDESTAL CUSHION Upholstered cushion 50mm thick to fit AFP3T and AFP4T medium-height pedestals, and ALP2T and ALP3T low mobile pedestals. UPC
Group A fabric Group B fabric Group C fabric Group D fabric Group E fabric Group F fabric
AMBUS STORAGE / PEDESTAL UNITS (may be assembled left or right handed) With timber clad drawers fitted heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners (pentray included with each pedestal)
WITH LOCKING TAMBOUR STORAGE ABOVE Size
Description
Code
Code
Price
431x800x1240mm Tambour cupboard Without handles + 2 drawers + filing ASTP3T/N/**/T& drawer pedestal
i
(please see note below regarding optional handles)
➀
➂
Price
With handles ➀ ASTP3T/++/**/T&
➂
These units are unhanded, as the storage section may be fitted facing left or right on installation.
All Storage/pedestals are fitted with side drawer pulls. Optional handles must be specified when panel end furniture or metal frame Bench desks are to stand on both sides of storage/pedestals, as both will prevent access to the side drawer pulls. All file drawers are fitted with heavy duty 110% extension ball bearing runners. Storage/pedestal units may be supplied to special order with pass through ports to run cabling between desks on either side: POA. When Storage/pedestal units are used in combination with 505mm high desk mounted screens, the top of the storage/pedestal unit will be slightly higher than the screens. Storage/pedestal units are supplied part built (due to their weight and size).
Replace ++ with handle: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC)
HR=Ambus Bow
HS=Elegance Bow
HE=Timber Executive
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech BB Macassar MC Natural Walnut Black BK Maple GM Slate Concrete CC Natural Oak NO Wenge Replace & with the tambour colour: Z=Zinc S=Slate W=White
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut NW SO Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge WE Remove & for tambour colour with veneer. (Vertical tambour cupboards in veneer supplied with matching veneered tambours.)
29
AMBUS
ACCESSORIES FORUNITS PEDESTAL DRAWERS AMBUS STORAGE – 735mm high Important notes regarding Storage Units:
• Desk height storage units except those with vertical or side tambours accept two rows of A4 lever arch files measuring 315mm high or less.
• All storage units are priced empty: the required internal shelves/fittings MUST be specified. Exceptions are 1725mm and 2055mm high storage units (excluding side tambour units) which are fitted with one matching shelf as an aid to structural stability in transit and use, and the fully fitted AS17W Wardrobe. • Storage units and filing cabinets are fitted with handles as standard, except vertical tambour cupboards in MFC which have integral moulded grip strips. • All panel doors and tambours have locks: file drawers do not have locks except where listed. • Glass and vertical tambour doors are not available on 1000mm wide bookcases/ storage units. • Storage filing drawers comprise a drawer box for A4/foolscap suspended filing with a drawer front attached (NB filing cabinet drawers accept foolscap only).
• Storage units are supplied assembled except for 1600mm wide units which are
supplied part built (except for units fitted with a fridge). Any 800mm or 1000mm storage unit may be supplied KD for an additional charge of IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTES: When fitting roll-out filing frames in storage/tambour units, for safety and stability reasons ALWAYS fit and load starting at the very bottom of the unit. ALWAYS fully load the lower roll-out filing frame before starting to load the frame above and NEVER put more than three roll-out filing frames in a storage unit. NEVER roll-out more than one frame at a time. Anti-tilt cable kits are available as an optional extra. When installing storage units set the unit so that it is leaning slightly backwards, ensuring frames cannot roll out unintentionally. For stability reasons we do not recommend fitting roll-out filing frames behind double doors on desk height units: if this specification is required it should be ordered as a ‘special’ with counterbalance weights and anti-tilt cables.
Coloured glass tops. We offer glass tops for our storage units and bookcases, back-painted in our standard colours or the RAL colour of your choice (minimum order of 10 tops in non-standard colours). Replace ~~~ with: Clear: GCL Frosted: GLG Black: GBK White: GWH Special: SQ 800mm ASG85/~~~
1000mm ASG105/~~~
1600mm ASG165/~~~
To fit bookcases 400mm deep
800mm ASG84/~~~
1000mm ASG104/~~~
1600mm ASG164/~~~
735mm
To fit storage 525mm deep
1. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
Image 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2/3. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
4. Two file drawers 800mm wide 1000mm wide
5. Vertical tambour 800mm wide
i
6. Side tambour 1000mm wide
735mm high x 525mm deep 800mm wide AS7/** ➁ n/a Open front ➀ AS7A/**/++ ➀ ➁ Double doors n/a n/a Double doors+fridge+shelf (fridge fitted to right) AS7D/**/++ ➀ ➁ Two file drawers, locking AS7T/**/T& ➀ ➁ Vertical tambour Side tambour 735mm high x 525mm deep Credenza, double doors x 2 Credenza, double doors x 2 (fridge in right side of right hand cupboard) Credenza, double doors x 2 (fridge in left side of left hand cupboard)
Shelves shown here are for illustrative purposes only and are not included in the unit prices. All storage units are priced empty except where specified otherwise: the required internal shelves/ fittings MUST be specified.
7. Credenza 1600mm wide
➂ ➂ n/a ➂ ➂ -
1000mm wide AS710/** AS710A/**/++ AS710AR/**/++ AS710D/**/++ AS710S/**/++/T& 1600mm wide AS716AA/**/++ AS716AR/**/++ AS716RA/**/++
➀
➁ n/a
➂
Notes: c c c c c,j c,d
➀ ➀ ➀
➁
➂ ➂ ➂
i i
➁ n/a
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➀
➁
-
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
-
➁ ➁
-
Notes c) As standard, veneer grain runs left to right along the top. To rotate the grain direction of veneered finishes 90° from standard (so that grain runs front-to-back) add suffix “X” to the end of the finish code (e.g. AS7/**X). The grain direction on MFC finishes can also bechanged to special order – POA. d) Side tambour units are 1000mm wide externally but take 800mm wide fittings. i) Opening a fridge door requires both cupboard doors open. Units with fridges have a small shelf in the section not occupied by the fridge. Note: 1600mm wide units fitted with fridges are supplied assembled: please be aware of their size and weight for delivery. Fridge dimensions 422mm x 596mm x 578mm. j) Vertical tambour cupboards in veneer require a handle choice: in MFC they do not, as MFC tambours incorporate a moulded grip strip.
Replace ++ with handle code: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC)
HR=Ambus Bow
HS=Elegance Bow
HE=Timber Executive
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech Black Concrete
30
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut NW SO Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge WE Replace & with the tambour colour: Z=Zinc S=Slate W=White (not required for vertical tambour cupboards in veneer, as supplied with matching veneered tambours.)
Sven Price List January 2017
i
1065mm
Shelves shown here are for illustrative purposes only and are not included in the unit prices. All storage units are priced empty except where specified otherwise: the required internal shelves/ fittings MUST be specified.
8. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
1065mm high x 525mm deep Open front Double doors Double doors, one file drawer Three file drawers, locking Vertical Tambour Side tambour
800mm wide AS10/** AS10A/**/++ AS10B/**/++ AS10E/**/++ AS10T/**/T& -
12. Vertical tambour 800mm wide
11. Three file drawers 800mm wide 1000mm wide
➁ n/a
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
-
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
-
-
13. Side tambour 1000mm wide
1000mm wide AS1010/** AS1010A/**/++ AS1010B/**/++ AS1010E/**/++ AS1010S/**/++/T&
Notes: ➁ n/a
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
-
-
➁ n/a
➂
➁ n/a
➂ ➂
j d
1395mm
Image 8 9 10 11 12 13
10. Double doors, filing 800mm wide 1000mm wide
9. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
AMBUS
ACCESSORIES FORUNITS PEDESTAL DRAWERS AMBUS STORAGE – 1065mm & 1395mm high
14. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
Image 14 15 16 17 18 19
15. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
16. Double doors, glass doors 800mm wide
1395mm high x 525mm deep Open front Double doors Double doors, bronze glass doors Two file drawers, open Vertical tambour Side tambour
800mm wide AS13/** AS13A/**/++ AS13E/**/++ AS13F/**/++ AS13T/**/T& -
17. File drawer, open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
➁ n/a
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
-
-
18. Vertical tambour 800mm wide
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ -
19. Side tambour 1000mm wide
1000mm wide AS1310/** AS1310A/**/++ AS1310F/**/++ AS1310S/**/++/T&
Notes: ➀ ➀
➁
➀
-
➀
➂
➁
➁ n/a
➂
j d
Notes d) Side tambour units are 1000mm wide externally but take 800mm wide fittings. i) Opening a fridge door requires both cupboard doors open. Units with fridges have a small shelf in the section not occupied by the fridge. Fridge dimensions 422mm x 596mm x 578mm. j) Vertical tambour cupboards in veneer require a handle choice: in MFC they do not, as MFC tambours incorporate a moulded grip strip.
Replace ++ with handle code: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC)
HR=Ambus Bow
HS=Elegance Bow
HE=Timber Executive
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut NW SO Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge WE Replace & with the tambour colour: Z=Zinc S=Slate W=White (not required for vertical tambour cupboards in veneer, as supplied with matching veneered tambours.)
31
AMBUS
ACCESSORIES FORUNITS PEDESTAL DRAWERS AMBUS STORAGE – 1725mm high
23. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
24. Double doors (wardrobe) 800mm wide 1000mm wide
25. Double doors, glass doors 800mm wide
26. Double doors, open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
1725mm
22. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
29. Vertical tambour 800mm wide
Image 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
27. Two file drawers, open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
28. Three file drawers, open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
i
Shelves shown here are for illustrative purposes only and are not included in the unit prices. All storage units are priced empty except where specified otherwise: you must specify the internal shelves/fittings you require.
30. Side tambour 1000mm wide
1725mm high x 525mm deep Open front Double doors Double door (wardrobe) Double doors, bronze glass doors Double doors (735mm), open Two file drawers, open Three file drawers, open Vertical tambour Side tambour
800mm wide AS17/** AS17A/**/++ AS17W/**/++ AS17D/**/++ AS17E/**/++ AS17G/**/++ AS17J/**/++ AS17T/**/T& -
➁ n/a
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
-
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ -
1000mm wide AS1710/** AS1710A/**/++ AS1710W/**/++ AS1710E/**/++ AS1710G/**/++ AS1710J/**/++ AS1710S/**/++/T&
➁ n/a
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➀
➁ n/a
➂
Notes: g g g,h g g g g g,j d,e
Notes d) Side tambour units are 1000mm wide externally but take 800mm wide fittings. e) Prices are for assembled units. We recommend that larger cupboards are ordered flat packed (+ per unit) unless access is very good, e.g. ground floor or where a suitable size lift is available. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to ensure access is adequate. g) All 1725mm and 2055mm high storage units (excluding side tambour units) are fitted with one matching shelf as an aid to structural stability in transit and use. It is necessary for this shelf to be fitted as close to the centre of the storage unit as possible. Additional fittings must be ordered as required. h) The wardrobe unit has a central divider, with a hat shelf and coat rail on the left and four shelves on the right. j) Vertical tambour cupboards in veneer require a handle choice: in MFC they do not, as MFC tambours incorporate a moulded grip strip.
Replace ++ with handle code: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC)
HR=Ambus Bow
HE=Timber Executive
HS=Elegance Bow
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech Black Concrete
32
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut NW SO Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge WE Replace & with the tambour colour: Z=Zinc S=Slate W=White (not required for vertical tambour cupboards in veneer, as supplied with matching veneered tambours.)
Sven Price List January 2017
i
2055mm
Shelves shown here are for illustrative purposes only and are not included in the unit prices. All storage units are priced empty except where specified otherwise: you must specify the internal shelves/fittings you require.
35. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
36. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
37. Double doors, open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
2055mm high x 525mm deep Open Double doors Double doors, open Three file drawers, open Vertical tambour Side tambour
35 36 37 38 39 40
57.
Image 57 58 59
58.
➁ n/a
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Image reference numbers in red relate to 525mm deep units: numbers in blue relate to 400mm deep units.
40. Side tambour 1000mm wide
39. Vertical tambour 800mm wide
1000mm wide AS2010/** AS2010A/**/++ AS2010B/**/++ AS2010D/**/++ AS2010S/**/++/T&
➁ n/a
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
60/61. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
62. Glass doors 800mm wide
➁ n/a
➂
➁
-
-
➀
Bookcases
59.
➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➁
e,g e,g e,g e,g e,g,j d,e
i
Shelves shown are for illustrative purposes only and are not included in the unit prices. All bookcases are priced empty: you must specify the shelves you require.
735mm
1065mm
1395mm
Filing cabinets
800mm wide AS20/** AS20A/**/++ AS20B/**/++ AS20D/**/++ AS20T/**/T&
38. Three file drawers, open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
AMBUS
ACCESSORIES FORUNITS PEDESTAL DRAWERS AMBUS STORAGE – 2055mm high
63. Open 1600mm wide
FILING CABINETS Four drawer filing cabinet, locking, 500x525x1395mm Three drawer filing cabinet, locking, 500x525x1065mm Two drawer filing cabinet, locking, 500x525x735mm BOOKCASES Bookcase 800mm wide x 990mm high (for stacking). Open front Bookcase 1000mm wide x 990mm high (for stacking). Open front Bookcase 800mm wide x 990mm high (for stacking). Bronze glass doors Bookcase 1600mm wide x 990mm high (for stacking on credenza unit). Open front Bookcase 1600mm wide x 990mm high (for stacking on credenza unit). Bronze glass doors
64. Glass doors 1600mm wide
AFC4/**/++ ➀ AFC3/**/++ ➀ AFC2/**/++ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
Notes: k k c, k
i AB9/** ➁ n/a 60 ➂ ➀ i AB910/** ➁ n/a 61 ➂ ➀ i AB9G/** ➁ n/a 62 ➂ ➀ AB916/** ➁ n/a 63 ➂ ➀ AB916G/** ➀ ➁ n/a ➂ 64 Notes c) As standard, veneer grain runs left to right along the top. To rotate the grain direction of veneered finishes 90° from the standard (so that grain runs front to back) add suffix “X” to the end of the finish code (i.e. AFC2/**X). The grain direction on wood effect MFC finishes can also be changed to special order – POA. d) Side tambour units are 1000mm wide externally but take 800mm wide fittings. e) Prices are for assembled units. We recommend that larger cupboards are ordered flat packed (+ per unit) unless access is very good, e.g. ground floor or where a suitable size lift is available. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to ensure access is adequate. g) All 1725mm and 2055mm high storage units (excluding side tambour units) are fitted with one matching shelf as an aid to structural stability in transit and use. It is necessary for this shelf to be fitted as close to the centre of the storage unit as possible. Additional fittings must be ordered as required. i) AB9, AB910 and AB9G bookcases may be fitted on top of 735mm or 1065mm high storage units, giving an overall height of 1725mm and 2055mm respectively. j) Vertical tambour cupboards in veneer require a handle choice: in MFC they do not, as MFC tambours incorporate a moulded grip strip. k) Filing cabinets incorporate rails to accept foolscap files running front-to-back.
Replace ++ with handle code: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC) Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut NW SO Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge WE Replace & with the tambour colour: Z=Zinc S=Slate W=White (not required for vertical tambour cupboards in veneer, as supplied with matching veneered tambours.)
33
AMBUS
ACCESSORIES FORUNITS PEDESTAL DRAWERS AMBUS STORAGE – 400mm deep
41. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
42. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
43. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
44. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
45. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
46. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
i
Shelves shown here are for illustrative purposes only and are not included in the unit prices. All storage units are priced empty except where specified otherwise: you must specify the internal shelves/fittings you require.
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
47. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
48. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
49. Open 800mm wide 1000mm wide
50. Double doors 800mm wide 1000mm wide
Image reference numbers in red relate to 525mm deep units: numbers in blue relate to 400mm deep units.
SHALLOW (400mm deep) STORAGE UNITS 735mm high x 400mm deep 800mm wide AB7/** Open AB7A/**/++ Double doors 1065mm high x 400mm deep 800mm wide AB10/** Open AB10A/**/++ Double doors 1395mm high x 400mm deep 800mm wide AB13/** Open AB13A/**/++ Double doors 1725mm high x 400mm deep 800mm wide AB17/** Open AB17A/**/++ Double doors 2055mm high x 400mm deep 800mm wide Open AB20/** Double doors AB20A/**/++
➀ ➀
➁ n/a
➀ ➀
➁ n/a
➀ ➀
➁ n/a
➀ ➀
➁ n/a
➁
➁
➁
➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
1000mm wide AB710/** AB710A/**/++ 1000mm wide AB1010/** AB1010A/**/++ 1000mm wide AB1310/** AB1310A/**/++ 1000mm wide AB1710/** AB1710A/**/++ 1000mm wide AB2010/** AB2010A/**/++
➀ ➀
➁ n/a
➀ ➀
➁ n/a
➀ ➀
➁ n/a
➀ ➀
➁ n/a
➁
➁
➁
➁
➂ ➂
f f
➂ ➂
f f
➂ ➂
f f
➂ ➂
f,g f,g
e,f,g ➁ n/a ➁ n/a 49 ➂ ➀ ➂ ➀ e,f,g ➁ ➁ 50 ➂ ➀ ➂ ➀ Notes e) Prices are for assembled units. We recommend that larger cupboards are ordered flat packed (+ per unit) unless access is very good, e.g. ground floor or where a suitable size lift is available. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to ensure access is adequate. f) All 400mm deep units should be angled slightly backwards against a wall. All units with doors and units 2055mm high must be fixed to a wall. g) All 1725mm and 2055mm high storage units (excluding side tambour units) are fitted with one matching shelf as an aid to structural stability in transit and use. It is necessary for this shelf to be fitted as close to the centre of the storage unit as possible. Additional fittings must be ordered as required.
Replace ++ with handle code: HR=Ambus Bow HS=Elegance Bow At extra cost: HE=Timber Executive + per handle (n/a with MFC)
HR=Ambus Bow
HS=Elegance Bow
HE=Timber Executive
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech Black Concrete
34
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY Macassar Tan LO Maple MG Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
AMBUS
AMBUS STORAGE UNITS – Ancillary Storage and Fittings
Ancillary Storage
70. Tambour Quadrant
70 71 72 73 74
71/72. Quadrant
73-74. D-end
QUADRANT and D-END STORAGE Quadrant tambour: sits to the side of any 800mm unit Quadrant: sits to the side of any 525mm deep unit Quadrant: sits to the side of any 800mm deep unit D-end: links the ends of two desks placed back-to-back with no gap between. Only SPA desk-mounted screens may be fitted. D-end: links the ends of two desks placed back-to-back leaving space between for a floor standing SPA screen
ASQDS/**/++/T& ASQ/** ASQD/** ASD160/**
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ n/a
ASD162/**
➀
➁ n/a
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
j j j j
➁ n/a
➂
j
➁ n/a ➁ n/a
Notes j) Includes shelves
AMBUS STORAGE FITTINGS – for 525mm deep units Description Roll-out filing frame, A4/foolscap
Code
– for 400mm deep units Price
YROFF (800mm) YROFF10 (1000mm)
Roll-out box file drawer YRBF/BK (800mm) 800mm: foolscap. 1000mm: A4/foolscap YRBF10/BK (1000mm) (not for use in panel door cupboards) Roll-out reference shelf YREF/** (800 x 18mm) Metal combination shelf (accepts 330mm lateral files under)
YREF10/** (1000 x 18mm) ➀ ➂ YMCS/SL (800mm)
YAT2 Anti-tilt cable kit for 2 file frames/boxes (supply only) YAT2F As above, but fitted
YS/** (800 x 18mm)
➀ ➂
YS25/** (800 x 25mm)
➀ ➂
YS10/** (1000 x 18mm)
➀ ➂
YAT3 Anti-tilt cable kit for 3 file frames/boxes (supply only) YAT3F As above, but fitted
YS1025/** (1000 x 25mm) ➀ ➂ ➀ ➂
Hat shelf with coat rail – to fit all YHCS/** (800 x 18mm) 800mm units except veneered tambours
➀ ➂
Partition shelf – to fit all units except veneered tambours Partition dividers (pair)
NOTES ABOUT FITTINGS 1. Side tambour units are 1000mm wide externally but take 800mm wide fittings.
➀ ➂
2. When specifying roll-out fittings behind double doors please ensure the storage unit is positioned is to allow the doors to be fully opened.
YHCS10/** (1000 x 18mm) ➀ ➂ YPTS/** (800 x 18mm) ➀ ➂
3. Partition shelves and dividers can be combined to create ‘pigeonhole units’: each partition shelf is drilled to accept two partition dividers. Partition shelves must be ordered for the top, bottom and any intermediate shelves.
YPTS10/** (1000 x 18mm) ➀ ➂ YPTS1D/** (108mm high) ➀ ➂ YPTS2D/** (220mm high)
Metal slotted shelf (accepts metal dividers)
YMSS/SL (800mm)
Metal divider (pair) 200mm
YMSSD/SL
➀ ➂
Anti-tilt Cables (specified at point of order)
YMCS10/SL (1000mm)
Shelf – to fit units with vertical tambour YST/** (18mm) fronts in veneer YST25/** (25mm)
Hat shelf with coat rail
800 x 25mm YBS25/**
Price
➀ ➂ 1000 x 25mm YBS1025/** ➀ ➂
➀ ➂
YLFF10 (1000mm) Shelf – to fit all units except vertical veneered tambours
➀ ➂
1000 x 18mm YBS10/**
YLFF (800mm)
Lateral & print-out filing rail
Code Shelves 800 x 18mm YBS/**
➀ ➂
4. Finishes. All metal storage fittings are finished in Slate. Box drawers are Black.
YMSS10/SL (1000mm)
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut NW SO Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge WE Replace & with the tambour colour: Z=Zinc S=Slate W=White
Sven Price List January 2017
35
AMBUS
LOCKERS
2. 4 x 361mm x 3. 2 x 361mm 324mm x 997mm
1. 2 x 361mm x 667mm
4. 4 x 361mm x 5. 6 x 361mm 489mm x 320mm
Image 735mm high x 800mm wide 1 2 x 361mm x 667mm internal 2 4 x 361mm x 324mm internal 1065mm high x 800mm wide 3 2 x 361mm x 997mm internal 4 4 x 361mm x 489mm internal 5 6 x 361mm x 320mm internal 735mm high x 400mm wide 6 1 x 347mm x 667mm internal 7 2 x 347mm x 324mm internal 1065mm high x 400mm wide 8 1 x 347mm x 997mm internal 9 2 x 347mm x 489mm internal 10 3 x 347mm x 320mm internal
525mm deep (internal depth 475mm) AL7852/** ➁ ➂ ➀ AL7854/** ➁ ➂ ➀
11. 1 x 347mm 12. 2 x 347mm 13. 3 x 347mm x 654mm x 1327mm x 430mm
Image 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
6. 1 x 347mm 7. 2 x 347mm 8. 1 x 347mm 9. 2 x 347mm 10. 3 x 347mm x 320mm x 324mm x 997mm x 489mm x 667mm
AL10852/** AL10854/** AL10856/**
➀ ➀ ➀
➁
AL7451/** AL7452/**
➀ ➀
➁
AL10451/** AL10452/** AL10453/**
➀ ➀ ➀
➁
14. 4 x 347mm x 318mm
1395mm high x 400mm wide 1 x 347mm x 1327mm internal (inc. hat & coat shelf) 2 x 347mm x 654mm internal 3 x 347mm x 430mm internal 4 x 347mm x 318mm internal 1725mm high x 400mm wide 1 x 347mm x 1657mm internal (inc. hat & coat shelf) 2 x 347mm x 819mm internal 3 x 347mm x 540mm internal 4 x 347mm x 400mm internal 5 x 347mm x 313mm internal
15.1 x 347mm x 1657mm
➂ ➂ ➂
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➁ ➁
16. 2 x 347mm x 819mm
17. 3 x 347mm x 540mm
525mm deep (internal depth 475mm) AL13451/** ➀ ➁ ➂ AL13452/** ➀ ➁ ➂ AL13453/** ➀ ➁ ➂ AL13454/** ➀ ➁ ➂ AL17451/** AL17452/** AL17453/** AL17454/** AL17455/**
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
18. 4 x 347mm x 400mm
i
19. 5 x 347mm x 313mm
Lockers are supplied with bolts, as we recommend they are bolted together.
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
Options – priced per door (Lockers have mastered key locks with captive keys* as standard) Electronic combination lock (with master code override) + Letter slot + Finger pull (only with key lock) + Name holder + *A captive key remains in the lock when it is opened, enabling the key to be used to open the locker door.
Key lock and fingerpull
Electronic lock
Name holder
Letter slot
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White), or “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Beech Black Concrete
36
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Sven Price List January 2017
Veneer finishes – Price Group ➂ all veneer. Price Group ➁ add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass (inc. top of storage) Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
Size 600mm diam. 800mm diam.
AMBUS
AMBUS POSEUR TABLES – on Polished Chrome pedestal base To seat 980mm high 1125mm high 2 APTD6/**/P9PC APTD6/**/P11PC ➀ ➂ 2/3 APTD8/**/P9PC APTD8/**/P11PC ➀ ➂ 980mm high suits use with ELE EL4 or similar barstools. 1125mm is standing height. Prices are the same for both heights.
COFFEE TABLES Shape/Size
Code
Price
Rectangular On round tubular legs (400mm high) ACT6/**/M~~ 600 x 600mm 1000 x 600mm ACT10/**/M~~
➀ ➀
➂ ➂
On arrowhead bases (400mm high) ACT6/**/AB 600 x 600mm 1000 x 600mm ACT10/**/AB
➀ ➀
➂ ➂
➀ ➀
➂ ➂
➀
➂
Circular On round tubular legs (400mm high) 600mm Ø 800mm Ø
ACTD6/**/M~~ ACTD8/**/M~~
On arrowhead bases (400mm high) 800mm Ø
ACTD8/**/AB
On Polished Chrome pedestal base (450mm high) 600mm Ø ACTD6/**/P4PC ➀ 800mm Ø ACTD8/**/P4PC ➀
➂ ➂
Replace ~~ with metal finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt CRG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Add suffix “W” for White Base (all panels except the top in White) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂
Natural Walnut WN White Slate SL Zebrano Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
WH ZB ZS WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
37
AMBUS
AMBUS MEETING TABLES – on round tubular legs Size Rectangular 800 x 800 1000 x 800 1200 x 800 1400 x 800 1600 x 800 1800 x 800 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000
Code
Pcs. To seat
AT88R/**/M~~ AT108R/**/M~~ AT128R/**/M~~ AT148R/**/M~~ AT168R/**/M~~ AT188R/**/M~~ AT180R/**/M~~ AT200R/**/M~~ AT250R/**/M~~
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
D-end 2500 x 1000
AT250D/**/M~~
1
8
➀
➁
➂
➃
Oval 2200 x 1200
AT222V/**/M~~
1
6
➀
➁
➂
➃
Circular 800 diam. 1000 diam. 1200 diam. 1500 diam.
ATD8/**/M~~ ATD10/**/M~~ ATD12/**/M~~ ATD15/**/M~~
1 1 1 1
3 4 6 6
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59. Lift-out tiles and hinged flaps are not available on 800mm wide tables.
Replace ~~ with metal finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White PC=Polished Chrome [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt CRG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech Black Concrete
38
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge)
Natural Walnut WN White Slate SL Zebrano Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
WH ZB ZS WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
Size Code Circular – 735mm high 1200 diam. BTD12/**/MZN 1500 diam. BTD15/**/MZN
Pcs. To seat
Price
1 1
4 6
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 4 4-6 4-6 6 4-6 6 8
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Circular Satellite Table – 770mm high, fixed height (to overfly desk) 800 diam. BMT/**/MZN 1 2-3 ➀ ➁ ➂
➃
Circular Satellite Table – 750-890mm high (adjustable) 800 diam. BMT/**/MZN/HA 1 2-3 ➀
➃
Rectangular – 735mm high 1000x800 BT10/**/MZN 1200x800 BT12/**/MZN 1400x800 BT14/**/MZN 1600x800 BT16/**/MZN 1800x800 BT18/**/MZN 2000x800 BT20/**/MZN 1800x1000 BT1810/**/MZN 2000x1000 BT2010/**/MZN 2500x1000 BT2510/**/MZN
AMBUS
AMBUS MEETING TABLES – on splayed legs
➁
➂
Satellite tables are fitted with glides as standard. To replace with locking castors add /M to the end of the code and add to the price of the table.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge)
Natural Walnut WN White Slate SL Zebrano Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
WH ZB ZS WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
39
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on arrowhead bases
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Lift-out tiles and hinged flaps are not available on 800mm wide tables. *Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Pcs.
No. of bases Price
AT188R/**/AB AT180R/**/AB AT208R/**/AB AT200R/**/AB AT250R/**/AB AT252R/**/AB AT302R/**/AB AT352R/**/AB AT402R/**/AB AT405R/**/AB AT452R/**/AB AT455R/**/AB AT502R/**/AB AT505R/**/AB
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 6 6 8 8 10 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
AT250B/**/AB AT252B/**/AB AT302B/**/AB AT352B/**/AB AT402B/**/AB AT405B/**/AB AT452B/**/AB AT455B/**/AB AT502B/**/AB AT505B/**/AB
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
AT250D/**/AB AT252D/**/AB AT302D/**/AB AT352D/**/AB AT402D/**/AB AT405D/**/AB AT452D/**/AB AT455D/**/AB AT502D/**/AB AT505D/**/AB
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 8 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 16
2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
Code
To seat
Size Rectangular 1800 x 800 1800 x 1000 2000 x 800 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
* * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Pear Shape 2000 x 1500
AT205P/**/AB
1
7
2
➀
➁
➂
➃
2500 x 1500
AT255P/**/AB
1
9
2
➀
➁
➂
➃
3000 x 1500
AT305P/**/AB
1
11
2
➀
➁
➂
➃
3500 x 1500
AT355P/**/AB
2
11
2
➀ *
➁ *
➂
➃
4000 x 1500
AT405P/**/AB
2
13
4
➀ *
➁ *
➂
➃
4500 x 1500
AT455P/**/AB
2
15
4
➀ *
➁ *
➂
➃
5000 x 1500
AT505P/**/AB
2
17
4
➀ *
➁ *
➂
➃
Oval 2200 x 1200 3000 x 1500
AT222V/**/AB AT305V/**/AB
1 1
6 8
2 2
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Circular 1000 diam. 1200 diam. 1500 diam.
ATD10/**/AB ATD12/**/AB ATD15/**/AB
1 1 1
4 5 6
2 2 2
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Add suffix “W” for White Base (bases in White) Beech BB Macassar MC Natural Walnut WN White Black BK Maple GM Slate SL Zebrano Concrete CC Natural Oak NO Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
40
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) WH ZB ZS WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Size Rectangular 1600 x 800 1800 x 800 1800 x 1000 2000 x 800 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
Code
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
Price
AT168R/**/C~~ AT188R/**/C~~ AT180R/**/C~~ AT208R/**/C~~ AT200R/**/C~~ AT250R/**/C~~ AT252R/**/C~~ AT302R/**/C~~ AT352R/**/C~~ AT402R/**/C~~ AT452R/**/C~~ AT502R/**/C~~
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
4/6 6 6 6 6 8 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
AT250B/**/C~~ AT252B/**/C~~ AT302B/**/C~~ AT352B/**/C~~ AT402B/**/C~~ AT452B/**/C~~ AT502B/**/C~~
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4000 x 4500 x 5000 x
1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
AT250D/**/C~~ AT252D/**/C~~ AT302D/**/C~~ AT352D/**/C~~ AT402D/**/C~~ AT452D/**/C~~ AT502D/**/C~~
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
6 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200
AT222V/**/C~~
1
6
2
➀
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➂
➃
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on I-bases (matching Ambus C-frames)
All I-base tables are fitted with cable risers as standard: Zinc with Zinc frames and White with White frames. Additional Cable Management options, as required, need to be specified to make use of the cable risers: see p.58-59.
Lift-out tiles and hinged flaps are not available on 800mm wide tables. *Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58. YFLAP is not available on I-base tables.
Replace ~~ with metal finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Add suffix “W” for White Base (bases and centre panel in White) Beech BB Macassar MC Natural Walnut WN White WH Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut NW SO Black BK Maple GM Slate SL Zebrano ZB Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Concrete CC Natural Oak NO Wenge WG Zebrano Sand ZS Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge WE White with Natural Walnut edge WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
41
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on T-bases in Zinc or White
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Size Rectangular 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
Code - add suffix for Zinc/White
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
Price with Zinc or White T-bases (add suffix /TZN or /TWH to code)
AT180R/** AT200R/** AT250R/** AT252R/** AT302R/** AT352R/** AT402R/** AT452R/** AT502R/**
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
6 6 8 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
AT250B/** AT252B/** AT302B/** AT352B/** AT402B/** AT452B/** AT502B/**
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4000 x 4500 x 5000 x
1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
AT250D/** AT252D/** AT302D/** AT352D/** AT402D/** AT452D/** AT502D/**
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
6 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200
AT222V/**
1
6
2
➀
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➁
➂
➃
Raw Steel finishes available at +5% on the Zinc/White prices: use suffix /TRM for Raw Steel - Matt or /TRG for Raw Steel - Gloss
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59.
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on twin square column base: Polished Chrome Size Rectangular 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
Code AT252R/**/SC AT302R/**/SC AT352R/**/SC AT355R/**/SC AT402R/**/SC AT405R/**/SC AT452R/**/SC AT455R/**/SC AT502R/**/SC AT505R/**/SC
To No of Pcs. seat bases 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
i
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech Black Concrete
42
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge)
Natural Walnut WN White Slate SL Zebrano Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
WH ZB ZS WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Size Rectangular 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
Code
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on T-bases in Polished Chrome
Price with Chrome T-bases
AT180R/**/TPC AT200R/**/TPC AT250R/**/TPC AT252R/**/TPC AT302R/**/TPC AT352R/**/TPC AT402R/**/TPC AT452R/**/TPC AT502R/**/TPC
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
6 6 8 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
AT250B/**/TPC AT252B/**/TPC AT302B/**/TPC AT352B/**/TPC AT402B/**/TPC AT452B/**/TPC AT502B/**/TPC
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4000 x 4500 x 5000 x
1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
AT250D/**/TPC AT252D/**/TPC AT302D/**/TPC AT352D/**/TPC AT402D/**/TPC AT452D/**/TPC AT502D/**/TPC
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
6 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200
AT222V/**/TPC
1
6
2
➀
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➁
➂
➃
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59.
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge)
Natural Walnut WN White Slate SL Zebrano Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
WH ZB ZS WHN
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
43
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on double-upright T-bases in Zinc or White
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Size Rectangular 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
To seat
No. of bases
Price with Zinc or White Double T-bases (add suffix /DZN or /DWH to code)
AT180R/** AT200R/** AT250R/** AT252R/** AT302R/** AT352R/** AT355R/** AT402R/** AT405R/** AT452R/** AT455R/** AT502R/** AT505R/**
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
AT250B/** AT252B/** AT302B/** AT352B/** AT355B/** AT402B/** AT405B/** AT452B/** AT455B/** AT502B/** AT505B/**
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
1000 1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
AT250D/** AT252D/** AT302D/** AT352D/** AT355D/** AT402D/** AT405D/** AT452D/** AT455D/** AT502D/** AT505D/**
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6/8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
shape x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500
AT205P/** AT255P/** AT305P/** AT355P/** AT405P/** AT455P/** AT505P/**
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
7 9 11 11 13 15 17
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200 3000 x 1500
AT222V/** AT305V/**
1 1
6 8/10
2 2
➀ ➀
Pear 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Code - add suffix for Zinc/White Pcs.
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
➁ ➁
Raw Steel finishes available at +5% on the Zinc/White prices: use suffix /DRM for Raw Steel - Matt or /DRG for Raw Steel - Gloss
All Double-upright T-base tables are fitted with cable risers as standard: Zinc with Zinc and Raw Steel frames, White with White frames. Additional Cable Management options, as required, need to be specified to make use of the cable risers: please see p.58-59.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech Black Concrete
44
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge)
Natural Walnut WN White Slate SL Zebrano Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
WH ZB ZS WHN
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
AT180R/**/DPC AT200R/**/DPC AT250R/**/DPC AT252R/**/DPC AT302R/**/DPC AT352R/**/DPC AT355R/**/DPC AT402R/**/DPC AT405R/**/DPC AT452R/**/DPC AT455R/**/DPC AT502R/**/DPC AT505R/**/DPC
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
AT250B/**/DPC AT252B/**/DPC AT302B/**/DPC AT352B/**/DPC AT355B/**/DPC AT402B/**/DPC AT405B/**/DPC AT452B/**/DPC AT455B/**/DPC AT502B/**/DPC AT505B/**/DPC
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
1000 1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
AT250D/**/DPC AT252D/**/DPC AT302D/**/DPC AT352D/**/DPC AT355D/**/DPC AT402D/**/DPC AT405D/**/DPC AT452D/**/DPC AT455D/**/DPC AT502D/**/DPC AT505D/**/DPC
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6/8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
shape x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500
AT205P/**/DPC AT255P/**/DPC AT305P/**/DPC AT355P/**/DPC AT405P/**/DPC AT455P/**/DPC AT505P/**/DPC
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
7 9 11 11 13 15 17
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200 3000 x 1500
AT222V/**/DPC AT305V/**/DPC
1 1
6 8/10
2 2
➀ ➀
Size Rectangular 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
Pear 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Code
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on double-upright T-bases in Polished Chrome Price with Chrome Double T-bases
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
* * * *
➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
All Double-upright T-base tables are fitted with cable risers as standard: in Black with Chrome frames. Additional Cable Management options, as required, need to be specified to make use of the cable risers: please see p.58-59.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge)
Natural Walnut WN White Slate SL Zebrano Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
WH ZB ZS WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
45
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on V-bases in Zinc, White or Black
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Code - add suffix for base finish
Price with bases in Zinc, White or Black replace suffix ~~~ with /VZN (Zinc), /VWH (White) or /VBK (Black)
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
AT12S/**/~~~ AT16S/**/~~~
1 1
4 8
2 2
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Cushion 1200 x 1200 1600 x 1600
AT12P/**/~~~ AT16P/**/~~~
1 1
8 8
2 2
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Rectangular 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
AT180R/**/~~~ AT200R/**/~~~ AT250R/**/~~~ AT252R/**/~~~ AT302R/**/~~~ AT352R/**/~~~ AT355R/**/~~~ AT402R/**/~~~ AT405R/**/~~~ AT452R/**/~~~ AT455R/**/~~~ AT502R/**/~~~ AT505R/**/~~~
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Barrel 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
AT252B/**/~~~ AT302B/**/~~~ AT352B/**/~~~ AT355B/**/~~~ AT402B/**/~~~ AT405B/**/~~~ AT452B/**/~~~ AT455B/**/~~~ AT502B/**/~~~ AT505B/**/~~~
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Size Square 1200 x 1200 1600 x 1600
1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
Raw Steel finishes +5% on the Zinc/White prices: use suffix /DRM for Raw Steel - Matt or /DRG for Raw Steel - Gloss
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
i
Cable management 1200 & 1500mm circular and 1200mm square and cushion tables may only be fitted with a central cable port, and the 1600mm square and cushion tables and 1800mm circular tables only with a cable port, a YPOP pop-up socket or YCPS12 3-pin power+USB charging port.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech BB Natural Oak NO Zebrano ZB Black BK Natural Walnut WN Zebrano Sand ZS Concrete CC Slate SL White with Natural Golden Maple GM Wenge WG Walnut edge WHN Macassar MC White WH
46
Thin edge
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
25mm edge
Sven Price List January 2017
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length. Size D-end 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
Code - add suffix for base finish
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
Price with bases in Zinc, White or Black replace suffix ~~~ with /VZN (Zinc), /VWH (White) or /VBK (Black)
1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
AT252D/**/~~~ AT302D/**/~~~ AT352D/**/~~~ AT355D/**/~~~ AT402D/**/~~~ AT405D/**/~~~ AT452D/**/~~~ AT455D/**/~~~ AT502D/**/~~~ AT505D/**/~~~
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
shape x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500
AT205P/**/~~~ AT255P/**/~~~ AT305P/**/~~~ AT355P/**/~~~ AT405P/**/~~~ AT455P/**/~~~ AT505P/**/~~~
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
7 9 11 11 13 15 17
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Circular 1200 diam. 1500 diam. 1800 diam.
ATD12/**/~~~ ATD15/**/~~~ ATD18/**/~~~
1 1 1
5 6 8
1 1 1
➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200 3000 x 1500
AT222V/**/~~~ AT305V/**/~~~
1 1
6 8/10
2 2
➀ ➀
Pear 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on V-bases in Zinc, White or Black
Raw Steel finishes +5% on the Zinc/White prices: use suffix /DRM for Raw Steel - Matt or /DRG for Raw Steel - Gloss *Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
i
Cable management 1200 & 1500mm circular and 1200mm square and cushion tables may only be fitted with a central cable port, and the 1600mm square and cushion tables and 1800mm circular tables only with a cable port, a YPOP pop-up socket or YCPS12 3-pin power+USB charging port.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech BB Natural Oak NO Zebrano ZB Black BK Natural Walnut WN Zebrano Sand ZS Concrete CC Slate SL White with Natural Golden Maple GM Wenge WG Walnut edge WHN Macassar MC White WH
Thin edge
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
25mm edge
Sven Price List January 2017
47
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on V-bases in Faux Chrome
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Code - add suffix for base finish
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
AT12S/**/VFC AT16S/**/VFC
1 1
4 8
2 2
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Cushion 1200 x 1200 1600 x 1600
AT12P/**/VFC AT16P/**/VFC
1 1
8 8
2 2
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Rectangular 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
AT180R/**/VFC AT200R/**/VFC AT250R/**/VFC AT252R/**/VFC AT302R/**/VFC AT352R/**/VFC AT355R/**/VFC AT402R/**/VFC AT405R/**/VFC AT452R/**/VFC AT455R/**/VFC AT502R/**/VFC AT505R/**/VFC
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀*
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Barrel 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
AT252B/**/VFC AT302B/**/VFC AT352B/**/VFC AT355B/**/VFC AT402B/**/VFC AT405B/**/VFC AT452B/**/VFC AT455B/**/VFC AT502B/**/VFC AT505B/**/VFC
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀*
➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Size Square 1200 x 1200 1600 x 1600
1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
Price with bases in Faux Chrome
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59, subject to the important notes listed above left. *Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
i
Cable management 1200 & 1500mm circular and 1200mm square and cushion tables may only be fitted with a central cable port, and the 1600mm square and cushion tables and 1800mm circular tables only with a cable port, a YPOP pop-up socket or YCPS12 3-pin power+USB charging port.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech BB Natural Oak NO Zebrano ZB Black BK Natural Walnut WN Zebrano Sand ZS Concrete CC Slate SL White with Natural Golden Maple GM Wenge WG Walnut edge WHN Macassar MC White WH
48
Thin edge
25mm edge
Sven Price List January 2017
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Code - add suffix for base finish
Size D-end 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on V-bases in Faux Chrome
Price with bases in Faux Chrome
1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
AT252D/**/VFC AT302D/**/VFC AT352D/**/VFC AT355D/**/VFC AT402D/**/VFC AT405D/**/VFC AT452D/**/VFC AT455D/**/VFC AT502D/**/VFC AT505D/**/VFC
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀* ➀*
➁ ➁ ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁* ➁*
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
shape x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500 x 1500
AT205P/**/VFC AT255P/**/VFC AT305P/**/VFC AT355P/**/VFC AT405P/**/VFC AT455P/**/VFC AT505P/**/VFC
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
7 9 11 11 13 15 17
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Circular 1200 diam. 1500 diam. 1800 diam.
ATD12/**/VFC ATD15/**/VFC ATD18/**/VFC
1 1 1
5 6 8
1 1 1
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Oval 2200 x 1200 3000 x 1500
AT222V/**/VFC AT305V/**/VFC
1 1
6 8/10
2 2
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Pear 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000
* * * *
* * * *
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59, subject to the important notes listed above left.
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
i
Cable management 1200 & 1500mm circular and 1200mm square and cushion tables may only be fitted with a central cable port, and the 1600mm square and cushion tables and 1800mm circular tables only with a cable port, a YPOP pop-up socket or YCPS12 3-pin power+USB charging port.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech BB Natural Oak NO Zebrano ZB Black BK Natural Walnut WN Zebrano Sand ZS Concrete CC Slate SL White with Natural Golden Maple GM Wenge WG Walnut edge WHN Macassar MC White WH
Thin edge
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
25mm edge
Sven Price List January 2017
49
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on box bases
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Size
Code
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
Price
Rectangular 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
AT252R/**/BB AT302R/**/BB AT352R/**/BB AT355R/**/BB AT402R/**/BB AT405R/**/BB AT452R/**/BB AT455R/**/BB AT502R/**/BB AT505R/**/BB
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1500
AT355B/**/BB AT405B/**/BB AT455B/**/BB AT505B/**/BB
2 2 2 2
12 12 14 16
2 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
AT252D/**/BB AT302D/**/BB AT352D/**/BB AT355D/**/BB AT402D/**/BB AT405D/**/BB AT452D/**/BB AT455D/**/BB AT502D/**/BB AT505D/**/BB
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 12 14 14 16 16 16
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Pear shape 2500 x 1500
AT255P/**/BB
1
9
2
➀
3000 x 1500
AT305P/**/BB
1
11
2
➀
3500 x 1500
AT355P/**/BB
2
11
2
4000 x 1500
AT405P/**/BB
2
13
4500 x 1500
AT455P/**/BB
2
15
5000 x 1500
AT505P/**/BB
2
17
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➁
➂
➃
➁
➂
➃
➀ *
➁*
➂
➃
4
➀ *
➁*
➂
➃
4
➀ *
➁*
➂
➃
4
➀ *
➁*
➂
➃
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59. Box bases feature internal vertical cable routing as standard.
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Add suffix “W” for White Base (bases in White)w Beech BB Macassar MC Natural Walnut WN White Black BK Maple GM Slate SL Zebrano Concrete CC Natural Oak NO Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
50
WH ZB ZS WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Veneer + White MFC bases: add suffix "W" and deduct per base Cherry CY Macassar Tan MT Natural Walnut NW SO Light Oak LO Maple MA Smoked Oak Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry CN Wenge WE
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Code
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
Size Rectangular 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
AT180R/**/PB AT200R/**/PB AT250R/**/PB AT252R/**/PB AT302R/**/PB AT352R/**/PB AT402R/**/PB AT452R/**/PB AT502R/**/PB
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
6 6 8 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
AT250B/**/PB AT252B/**/PB AT302B/**/PB AT352B/**/PB AT402B/**/PB AT452B/**/PB AT502B/**/PB
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4000 x 4500 x 5000 x
1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
AT250D/**/PB AT252D/**/PB AT302D/**/PB AT352D/**/PB AT402D/**/PB AT452D/**/PB AT502D/**/PB
1 1 1 2 2 2 2
6 8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200
AT222V/**/PB
1
6
2
➀
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on panel bases Price
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➁
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➂
➃
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59.
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Add suffix “W” for White Base (bases in White) Beech BB Macassar MC Natural Walnut WN White Black BK Maple GM Slate SL Zebrano Concrete CC Natural Oak NO Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) WH ZB ZS WHN
Sven Price List January 2017
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
51
AMBUS
AMBUS CONFERENCE TABLES – on pedestal bases (Polished Chrome)
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Size
Code
Pcs.
To seat
No. of bases
Price
Rectangular 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
AT252R/**/P7 AT302R/**/P7 AT352R/**/P7 AT402R/**/P7 AT452R/**/P7 AT502R/**/P7
1 1 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Barrel shape 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4000 x 1200 4500 x 1200 5000 x 1200
AT252B/**/P7 AT302B/**/P7 AT352B/**/P7 AT402B/**/P7 AT452B/**/P7 AT502B/**/P7
1 1 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
D-end 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4000 x 4500 x 5000 x
1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200
AT252D/**/P7 AT302D/**/P7 AT352D/**/P7 AT402D/**/P7 AT452D/**/P7 AT502D/**/P7
1 1 2 2 2 2
8 10 12 12 14 16
2 2 3 3 3 3
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200
AT222V/**/P7
1
6
2
➀
Circular 800 diam. 1000 diam. 1200 diam.
ATD8/**/P7 ATD10/**/P7 ATD12/**/P7
1 1 1
3 4 5
1 1 1
➀ ➀ ➀
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➁
➂
➃
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59.
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge)
MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Beech Black Concrete
52
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut WN White Slate SL Zebrano Wenge WG Zebrano Sand White with Natural Walnut edge
WH ZB ZS WHN
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
ECLIPSE CONFERENCE TABLES – on Eclipse legs in, Zinc, White, Black or Polished Aluminium, with Glass tops
To Pairs seat of legs
AT10S/**
1
4
2
1200 x 1200
AT12S/**
1
4
2
1600 x 1600
AT16S/**
2
8
2
Cushion 1000 x 1000
AT10P/**
1
4
2
1200 x 1200
AT12P/**
1
4
2
1600 x 1600
AT16P/**
1
8
2
Rectangular 1400 x 800 1600 x 800 1800 x 800 1800 x 1000
AT148R/** AT168R/** AT188R/** AT180R/**
1 1 1 1
4 6 6 6
2 2 2 2
2000 x 1000
AT200R/**
1
6
2
3000 x 1200
AT302R/**
2
10
3
3500 x 1200
AT352R/**
2
12
3
Oval 2220 x 1200
AT222V/**
1
6
2
Circular 1000 diam. 1200 diam. 1500 diam.
ATD10/** ATD12/** ATD15/**
1 1 1
4 5 6
2 2 2
Price with Zinc, White or Black legs (add suffix /EZN /EWH or /EBK to code)
Price with Polished Aluminium legs (add suffix /EPA to code)
ECLIPSE
Size Square 1000 x 1000
Code - add suffix for leg finish Pcs.
Replace ** with glass finish code, as below: (custom glass colours available on request – POA.) Clear GCL
Frosted GFG
White GWH
Black GBK
Sven Price List January 2017
53
ECLIPSE CONFERENCE TABLES – on Eclipse legs in Zinc, White or Black, timber tops We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
ECLIPSE
i
Code - add suffix for leg To Pairs finish Pcs. seat of legs
Price with Zinc, White or Black legs (add suffix /EZN, /EWH or /EBK to code)
Size Square 1000 x 1000 AT10S/** 1200 x 1200 AT12S/** 1600 x 1600 AT16S/**
1 1 1
4 4 8
2 2 2
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Cushion 1000 x 1000 AT10P/** 1200 x 1200 AT12P/** 1600 x 1600 AT16P/**
1 1 1
4 4 8
2 2 2
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Rectangular 1400 x 800 1600 x 800 1800 x 800 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 6 6 6 6 8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
MFC
Veneer
AT148R/** AT168R/** AT188R/** AT180R/** AT200R/** AT250R/** AT252R/** AT302R/** AT352R/** AT355R/** AT402R/** AT405R/** AT452R/** AT455R/** AT502R/** AT505R/**
* * * * * * * *
Modesty panels for rectangular tables (to create desks). Perforated steel, Zinc (/MZN), Perf. steel To suit: White (/MWH) or Black (/MBK) Faux Chrome 1400 BMPM12/M~~ 1600 BMPM14/M~~ 1800 BMPM16/M~~ 2000 BMPM18/M~~
* * * * * * * *
Timber BMP12/** BMP14/** BMP16/** BMP18/**
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59. Note: Cable Management Tiles and Hinged Double Flaps are not available on Eclipse base tables. Hinged Single Flaps (200 x 200mm) and other electrical fitting are compatible with Eclipse tables, except for ATD10 and ATD10P which can only accept cable ports (YAP).
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Thin edge Beech BB Natural Oak NO Zebrano ZB Black BK Natural Walnut WN Zebrano Sand ZS Concrete CC Slate SL White with Natural Macassar MC Wenge WG Walnut edge WHN 25mm edge Maple GM White WH
54
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
i
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Code - add suffix To Pairs for leg finish Pcs. seat of legs
Price with Zinc, White or Black legs (add suffix /EZN, /EWH or /EBK to code)
AT250B/** AT252B/** AT302B/** AT352B/** AT355B/** AT402B/** AT405B/** AT452B/** AT455B/** AT502B/** AT505B/**
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
AT250D/** AT252D/** AT302D/** AT352D/** AT355D/** AT402D/** AT405D/** AT452D/** AT455D/** AT502D/** AT505D/**
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200 AT222V/** 1 3000 x 1500 AT305V/** 2
4 5
2 3
Circular 1000 diam. 1200 diam. 1500 diam. 1800 diam.
4 5 6 8
2 2 2 2
Size Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500 D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
1000 1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
ATD10/** ATD12/** ATD15/** ATD18/**
1 1 1 1
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➀ ➀
➁ ➁ 1413
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
ECLIPSE
ECLIPSE CONFERENCE TABLES – on Eclipse legs in Zinc, White or Black, timber tops
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59. Note: Cable Management Tiles and Hinged Double Flaps are not available on Eclipse base tables. Hinged Single Flaps (200 x 200mm) and other electrical fitting are compatible with Eclipse tables, except for ATD10 and ATD10P which can only accept cable ports (YAP).
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Thin edge Beech BB Natural Oak NO Zebrano ZB Black BK Natural Walnut WN Zebrano Sand ZS Concrete CC Slate SL White with Natural Macassar MC Wenge WG Walnut edge WHN 25mm edge Maple GM White WH
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
55
ECLIPSE CONFERENCE TABLES – on Eclipse legs in Polished Aluminium, timber tops We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
ECLIPSE
i
Pairs Code - add To of suffix for leg finish Pcs. seat legs
Price with Polished Aluminium legs
Size Square 1000 x 1000 AT10S/**/EPA 1200 x 1200 AT12S/**/EPA 1600 x 1600 AT16S/**/EPA
1 1 1
4 4 8
2 2 2
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Cushion 1000 x 1000 AT10P/**/EPA 1200 x 1200 AT12P/**/EPA 1600 x 1600 AT16P/**/EPA
1 1 1
4 4 8
2 2 2
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Rectangular 1400 x 800 1600 x 800 1800 x 800 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 6 6 6 6 8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
MFC
Veneer
AT148R/**/EPA AT168R/**/EPA AT188R/**/EPA AT180R/**/EPA AT200R/**/EPA AT250R/**/EPA AT252R/**/EPA AT302R/**/EPA AT352R/**/EPA AT355R/**/EPA AT402R/**/EPA AT405R/**/EPA AT452R/**/EPA AT455R/**/EPA AT502R/**/EPA AT505R/**/EPA
* * * * * * * *
Modesty panels for rectangular tables (to create desks). Perforated steel, Zinc (/MZN), Perf. steel To suit: White (/MWH) or Black (/MBK) Faux Chrome 1400 BMPM12/M~~ 1600 BMPM14/M~~ 1800 BMPM16/M~~ 2000 BMPM18/M~~
* * * * * * * *
Timber BMP12/** BMP14/** BMP16/** BMP18/**
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59. Note: Cable Management Tiles and Hinged Double Flaps are not available on Eclipse base tables. Hinged Single Flaps (200 x 200mm) and other electrical fitting are compatible with Eclipse tables, except for ATD10 and ATD10P which can only accept cable ports (YAP).
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Thin edge Beech BB Natural Oak NO Zebrano ZB Black BK Natural Walnut WN Zebrano Sand ZS Concrete CC Slate SL White with Natural Macassar MC Wenge WG Walnut edge WHN 25mm edge Maple GM White WH
56
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
ECLIPSE CONFERENCE TABLES – on Eclipse legs in Polished Aluminium, timber tops We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length. Code - add suffix for leg To Pairs of finish Pcs. seat legs
Price with Polished Aluminium legs
AT250B/**/EPA AT252B/**/EPA AT302B/**/EPA AT352B/**/EPA AT355B/**/EPA AT402B/**/EPA AT405B/**/EPA AT452B/**/EPA AT455B/**/EPA AT502B/**/EPA AT505B/**/EPA
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
AT250D/**/EPA AT252D/**/EPA AT302D/**/EPA AT352D/**/EPA AT355D/**/EPA AT402D/**/EPA AT405D/**/EPA AT452D/**/EPA AT455D/**/EPA AT502D/**/EPA AT505D/**/EPA
1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
8 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16
2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Oval 2200 x 1200 AT222V/**/EPA 3000 x 1500 AT305V/**/EPA
1 2
4 5
2 3
➀ ➀
Circular 1000 diam. 1200 diam. 1500 diam. 1800 diam.
1 1 1 1
4 5 6 8
2 2 2 2
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Size Barrel shape 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500 D-end 2500 x 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 3500 x 4000 x 4000 x 4500 x 4500 x 5000 x 5000 x
1000 1200 1200 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500 1200 1500
ATD10/**/EPA ATD12/**/EPA ATD15/**/EPA ATD18/**/EPA
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
* * * * * * * *
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
* * * * * * * *
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
ECLIPSE
i
For Cable Management options please see p.58-59. Note: Cable Management Tiles and Hinged Double Flaps are not available on Eclipse base tables. Hinged Single Flaps (200 x 200mm) and other electrical fitting are compatible with Eclipse tables, except for ATD10 and ATD10P which can only accept cable ports (YAP).
*Please see important note about grain matching at the bottom of p.58.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀, Thin edge Group ➁ (add TE for thin edge) Thin edge Beech BB Natural Oak NO Zebrano ZB Black BK Natural Walnut WN Zebrano Sand ZS Concrete CC Slate SL White with Natural Macassar MC Wenge WG Walnut edge WHN 25mm edge Maple GM White WH
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂, Thin edge Group ➃ (add TE for thin edge) Cherry CY Maple MA Wenge WE Light Oak LO Natural Cherry CN Macassar Gold MG Natural Walnut NW SO Macassar Tan MT Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
57
AMBUS
SEATING GUIDELINES Rectangular Tables
ECLIPSE
Size: 800 x 800mm Seats: 2
Size: 1000 x 800mm Seats: 4
Size: 1800 x 1000mm Seats: 6
Size: 1200 x 800mm Seats: 4
Size: 1400 x 800mm Seats: 4
Size: 2000 x 1000mm Seats: 6
Size: 3500 x 1200mm* Seats: 12
Size: 2500 x 1000mm Seats: 8
Size: 4000 x 1200mm* Seats: 12
Size: 5000 x 1200mm* Seats: 16
Size: 1800 x 800mm Seats: 6
Size: 2500 x 1200mm Seats: 8
Size: 2000 x 800mm Seats: 6
Size: 3000 x 1200mm Seats: 10
Size: 4500 x 1200mm* Seats: 14
Size: 3500 x 1500mm* Seats: 12
Size: 4500 x 1500mm* Seats: 14
Size: 4000 x 1500mm* Seats: 12
Size: 5000 x 1500mm* Seats: 16
Square Tables
Size: 1200 x 1200mm Seats: 4
Size: 1600 x 800mm Seats: 4
Cushion Tables
Size: 1600 x 1600mm Seats: 8
Size: 1200 x 1200mm Seats: 4
Oval Shape Tables
Size: 1600 x 1600mm Seats: 8
Size: 2200 x 1200mm Seats: 6
Size: 3000 x 1500mm Seats: 8
Pear Shape Tables
Size: 2000 x 1000/1500mm Seats: 7
Size: 4000 x 1000/1500mm* Seats: 13
58
Size: 2500 x 1000/1500mm Seats: 9
Size: 3000 x 1000/1500mm Seats: 11
Size: 4500 x 1000/1500mm* Seats: 15
Sven Price List January 2017
Size: 3500 x 1000/1500mm* Seats: 11
Size: 5000 x 1000/1500mm* Seats: 17
AMBUS
SEATING GUIDELINES Barrel Shape Tables
Size: 4000 x 1200mm* Seats: 12
Size: 2500 x 1200mm Seats: 8
Size: 3000 x 1200mm Seats: 10
Size: 3500 x 1200mm* Seats: 12
Size: 4500 x 1200mm* Seats: 14
ECLIPSE
Size: 2500 x 1000mm Seats: 8
Size: 5000 x 1200mm* Seats: 16
i
Size: 3500 x 1500mm* Seats: 12
Size: 4000 x 1500mm* Seats: 12
1200mm wide barrel shape tables taper to 800mm at the ends. 1500mm wide barrel shape tables taper to 1100mm at the ends
Size: 4500 x 1500mm* Seats: 14
Circular Tables
Size: 800mm diameter Seats: 2
Size: 5000 x 1500mm* Seats: 16
Size: 1000mm diameter Seats: 3
D-end Shape Tables
Size: 2500 x 1000mm Seats: 6
Size: 4000 x 1200mm* Seats: 12
Size: 3500 x 1500mm* Seats: 12
Size: 2500 x 1200mm Seats: 8
Size: 3000 x 1200mm Seats: 10
Size: 1500mm diameter Seats: 6
Size: 1800mm diameter Seats: 8
Size: 3500 x 1200mm* Seats: 12
Size: 4500 x 1200mm* Seats: 14
Size: 4000 x 1500mm* Seats: 14
Size: 1200mm diameter Seats: 4
Size: 5000 x 1200mm* Seats: 16
Size: 4500 x 1500mm* Seats: 16
These seating capacity illustrations provide an initial guide and are based on Sven Fulcrum or G-Series armchairs. Please make your own calculations based on the actual chair dimensions being used and the amount of space you wish to provide for each person. *For these tables sizes please see the important note regarding grain direction on the following page. Size: 5000 x 1500mm* Seats: 16
Sven Price List January 2017
59
AMBUS
CABLE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS FOR AMBUS AND ECLIPSE TABLES (for Fulcrum see specific Fulcrum options) We offer cable management tiles and cable management flaps: tiles lift out and flaps hinge up, both giving access to a cable tray which can accommodate sockets and excess cable. Both tiles and flaps are available in the same finish as the table top or in a contrasting MFC or veneer finish. Tiles are additionally available in Black mirror glass, White glass and Frosted Green glass. Lift out tiles and hinged flaps are not available on tables on metal pole legs, or on tables 800mm deep.
SHARED ITEMS
All tiles and flaps have an aluminium edging, as illustrated. Concealing cables routing from floor to underside of top/cable tray On box bases a cable route is provided through the bases as standard: I-frames incorporate cable risers as standard. Panel bases may be specified with Slate cable risers in the middle of each panel as an option: arrowhead bases can be fitted with cloaking panels as an option, creating a cable conduit in the vee of the base. With round tubular legs, twin square columns, T-bases and pedestal bases, cables must be routed to the cable tray independently using a cable spine.
Lift-out tiles (finish of cable tray varies)
LIFT-OUT TILES – with cable tray under (not available on Eclipse tables) Order the required tiles and add /WT or /WTB to the end of the table code as noted below. Not available on 800mm wide tables. Tiles, cable tray and: cable risers (on panel bases)
Table length 1800mm 2000mm 2200mm 2500mm 3000mm 3500mm 4000mm 4500mm 5000mm
Tiles AT@18/** AT@20/** AT@22/** AT@25/** AT@30/** AT@35/** AT@40/** AT@45/** AT@50/**
Tiles and cable tray only – order tiles and add /WT to the table code
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
cloaking panels (on arrowhead bases) MFC
Veneer
Glass/MFC base Glass/veneer base
Order tiles and add /WTB to the table code
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
HINGED DOUBLE FLAPS – with cable tray under (not available on Eclipse tables) Order the required flaps and add /WF or /WFB to the end of the table code as noted below. Not available on 800mm wide tables.
Table length 1800mm 2000mm 2200mm 2500mm 3000mm 3500mm 4000mm 4500mm 5000mm
Flaps AF@18/** AF@20/** AF@22/** AF@25/** AF@30/** AF@35/** AF@40/** AF@45/** AF@50/**
Flaps and cable tray only – order flaps and add /WF to the table code
Flaps, cable tray and: cable risers cloaking panels (on panel bases) (on arrowhead bases) Order flaps and add /WFB to the table code
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Hinged flaps (finish of cable tray under varies according to table base)
HINGED SINGLE FLAP – with cable box under 200 x 200mm including 25mm brush strip on one side. Cable box underneath measures 364 x 220 x 120mm internally, with cable access on all four sides. Not available on 800mm wide tables. When ordering YFLAP(s) please put “Special” in front of the code for the table into which they are to be fitted, list the number of fittings required and provide a drawing with the order specifying the desired positions of the YFLAP(s) and their orientation (which side should open, i.e. the side with the brush strip). Some positions may be impractical due to the underlying structure of the table. Please appreciate that we cannot schedule orders for production until we have a drawing. YFLAP/** ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃
YFLAP
i
Notes on veneering of tiles and flaps Woodgrain on tiles and double flaps always runs lengthways: i.e. along the length of the table. Woodgrain on single flaps varies depending on the required orientation. We endeavour to colour match veneer tiles and flaps to the adjacent top surface, but the figure of the grain may differ. Important note: Grain matching * Table top woodgrain runs lengthways on one-piece tables and side-to-side on two-piece tables – except on MFC tables 4500 and 5000mm long where, for technical reasons, the grain must run lengthways. We hand match grain on adjacent table sections in veneer, but this is not possible in MFC where the grain pattern is random. Inevitably the unpredictable degree of mismatch between the grain on adjacent sections of two-piece MFC tables is more noticeable on darker or heavily figured finishes such as Macassar, Zebrano, Natural Walnut and Natural Oak, and more apparent on tables over 4000mm because end-to-end grain mismatch is more obvious than side-to-side. We recommend making customers aware of these limitations especially with these finishes on 4500 and 5000mm tables.
Replace ** with tile or flap finish code, as below: Melamine finishes 25mm edge Group ➀ Beech Black Concrete Macassar
60
BB BK CC MC
Maple Natural Oak Natural Walnut Slate
Veneer finishes 25mm edge Group ➂ GM Wenge NO White WN Zebrano SL Zebrano Sand
WG WH ZB ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
CY LO MG MT
Sven Price List January 2017
Maple Natural Cherry Natural Walnut Smoked Oak
MA CN NW SO
Glass finishes – all Price Group ➃ (available on tiles only) Black Mirror Glass GBK White Glass GWH Frosted Green Glass GLG Wenge WE
When ordering any of the following cable management fittings for tables (cable ports, fitted power and USB port, flip-top socket housings, pop-up socket cassettes) please put “Special” in front of the code for the table into which they are to be fitted, list the number of fittings required and provide a drawing with the order specifying the desired positions of the fitting(s). Some positions may be impractical due to the underlying structure of the table. Please appreciate that we cannot schedule orders for production until we have a drawing.
SHARED ITEMS
Cable ports Tables may be specified as desired with Slate, Zinc or White cable ports, and also veneered ports on veneered tables. Veneered ports are veneered to match the top, but the grain structure and colouring may vary to some degree from the surrounding surface. Zinc YAP/ZN Slate YAP/SL White YAP/WH Chrome YAP/PC
Power and USB charging port (may also be retrofitted to desks) Comprising a flush fitting port providing a standard power socket and double smart USB charging ports. The USB sockets are compliant with v1.2 of the USB charging specification and are also Apple compliant. May be specified pre-fitted into a table (drawing required) or supplied separately as a replacement for a standard plastic desk cable port (very simple self-fitting without tools). Supplied with a 0.3m fly lead with Wieland male connector: please also order a power supply lead of the required length – see next page. Fitted to a table in a user-specified location
White
YCPS12WH/WC
Black
YCPS12BK/WC
Supply only (to replace existing cable port)
White
YCPS12WH
Black
YCPS12BK
i
AMBUS
CABLE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS FOR AMBUS AND ECLIPSE TABLES
All data sockets listed below are RJ45 Cat5E as standard. Cat 6, Cat6a and blank housings for self-fit sockets are all available on request, POA. If requesting a Cat 6 variant, please be sure to specify Cat 6 shielded, Cat 6 unshielded, Cat 6a shielded or Cat 6a unshielded.
Flip-top socket housings The lid and sockets hinge open to enable convenient connection, and may then be closed during operation leaving only cables visible. Lids may be finished in brushed silver aluminium or veneered (grain structure and colouring may vary to some degree from the surrounding surface). Supplied with 2m data leads and 0.3m Wieland in GST18 power drop lead (male). Please order the required power supply lead – see next page. Two power + two data
With aluminium cover
YFLIP/AL
With veneered cover
YFLIP
Two power + two data + double smart charge USB ports
With aluminium cover
YFLIPU/AL
With veneered cover
YFLIPU
Other socket configurations may be specified to special order. Pop-up socket cassettes Comprising a circular port which can be raised up to provide access to a socket block with a choice of sockets. Supplied with 0.3m GST18 power drop lead (male) and (where applicable) 2m data fly leads. Please order the required power supply lead – see next page. Two power + two data
YPOP2P2D
Two power + two data + double smart charge USB ports YPOP2P2DU One power + double smart charge USB ports
YPOP1PU
Flexible cable spines Flexible plastic conduits with a weighted base that can be positioned at any convenient point and fixed to the underside of any table (or desk).
Extendable cable spine Black YSLK/BK Silver YSLK/SV White YSLK/WH
Black YFTS/BK Silver YFTS/SV White YFTS/WH
MULTI-ADJUSTABLE LED DESK LAMP 10 watt/84 LED desk lamp, 40,000 hour life, swivel and angle-adjustable arm, anti-glare rotating head, four-colour temperature settings, stepless dimming with memory, USB charging port, three-year warranty. White
YLAMP5WH
Black
YLAMP5BK
Sven Price List January 2017
61
UNIVERSAL ELECTRICAL FITTINGS We recommend the use of pre-made leads with moulded Wieland plugs, especially in screens: pre-made leads of any length can be supplied. NB ‘Wieland’ connectors are used to feed power to blocks and link between them: a ‘Wieland in’ socket is male and connects to a female connector and vice versa. The Wieland out sockets are at the ends of the YS1R and YS3R and in the face of the YS6R. All Wieland plugs and sockets are to the GST18 standard. Socket blocks – to fit inside cable trays
SHARED ITEMS
Wieland in / Power socket / Twin switches & twin fuses / Power socket / Wieland out YS1R
Wieland in / Power socket+fuse x 3 / Wieland out YS3R Two or more YS1R, YS3R and YS4RNS sockets blocks may be clipped together to form a single block without requiring connecting leads.
Wieland in / 4 x Power socket+fuse Wieland out YS4RNS
Wieland in / Power socket+fuse+switch / Power socket +fuse+switch / Wieland out / Twin data YS6R
The YS4RNS and YS6R each have two power sockets in a North/South orientation and are suitable for use in double Benches and all conference table cable trays, but are less suited to use in freestanding desks, single benches or ALU screens. due to the smaller dimensions of the cable trays.
Power Supply Leads
Power Connector Leads
13 Amp plug to female Wieland
Wieland male to female
Plugs
2m supply lead YTF2 3m supply lead YTF3 4m supply lead YTF4
0.5m connector lead YTMF0.5 2m connector lead YTMF2 1m connector lead YTMF1 3m connector lead YTMF3 1.5m connector lead YTMF1.5 4m connector lead YTMF4
Wieland female self-fit plug YEFSFP Wieland male self-fit plug YEMSFP Wieland male blanking plug YEMBP
Desktop Socket Modules Socket modules are supplied with brackets for fitting to the rear of any Ambus desktop (including Ambus Bench). Every power socket is individually fused with an illuminated power switch. Data sockets are RJ45 Cat5E as standard. Cat 6, Cat6a and blank housings for self-fit sockets are all available on request, POA. If requesting a Cat 6 variant, please be sure to specify Cat 6 shielded, Cat 6 unshielded, Cat 6a shielded or Cat 6a unshielded. Data sockets are supplied with 2m fly lead: please separately order power supply leads of the length required (see above left). We list the most popular socket combinations but can supply any socket configuration on request.
Two power
Black YDS2P/SB White YDS2P/SW
Two power+two data
Black YDS2P2D/SB White YDS2P2D/SW
Four power
Four power+two data
Black YDS4P/SB White YDS4P/SW
Black YDS4P2D/SB White YDS4P2D/SW
Please note extended delivery – usually five weeks – on the YD variants below Plus HDMI socket and 2m HDMI fly lead: Two power+HDMI Two power+two data+HDMI Black YDS2PH/SB Black YDS2P2DH/SB White YDS2PH/SW White YDS2P2DH/SW Plus double smart USB charging ports: Two power+2xUSB Black YDS2PU/SB White YDS2PU/SW
Four power+HDMI
Four power+two data+HDMI
Black YDS4PH/SB White YDS4PH/SW
Black YDS4P2DH/SB White YDS4P2DH/SW
Two power+two data+2xUSB
Four power+2xUSB
Four power+two data+2xUSB
Black YDS2P2DU/SB White YDS2P2DU/SW
Black YDS4PU/SB White YDS4PU/SW
Black YDS4P2DU/SB White YDS4P2DU/SW
Four power+HDMI+2xUSB
Four power+two data+HDMI+2xUSB
Plus HDMI socket and 2m HDMI fly lead and double smart USB charging ports: Two power+HDMI+2xUSB Two power+two data+HDMI+2xUSB Black YDS2PHU/SB Black YDS2P2DHU/SB White YDS2PHU/SW White YDS2P2DHU/SW
i
62
Black YDS4PHU/SB White YDS4PHU/SW
Black YDS4P2DHU/SB White YDS4P2DHU/SW
All fused sockets supplied fitted with 3.15 Amp fuses. 5 Amp fuses may be used if no more than four sockets are fed from one 13 Amp plug. Appliances requiring more than 5 Amps should be wired individually. All installation work should be carried out by a qualified electrician.
Sven Price List January 2017
MONITOR ARMS FOR DESK MOUNTING
Through-desk adjustable-height double extension monitor arm (pole height adjustment). Fits through standard access cut-out, retaining cable access. Supports up to 20kg SilverF YMATV2/SR Whites YMATV2/WH*
Desk-clamp adjustable-height double extension monitor arm (pole height adjustment). Supports up to 20kg. SilverF YMACV2/SR Whites YMACV2/WH*
Desk-clamp adjustable-height twin double extension monitor arms (pole height adjustment). Supports up to 20kg per arm. SilverF YMACV22/SR White s YMACV22/WH*
Through-desk adjustable-height twin double extension monitor arm (pole height adjustment). Fits through standard access cut-out, retaining cable access. Supports up to 20kg per arm SilverF YMATV22/SR Whites YMATV22/WH
Adjustable-height double extension gas assisted monitor arm, with quick-release monitor bracket. Desk-clamp or through-desk fitting. Through-desk fits standard access cut-out, retaining cable access. Supports between 3-8kg SilverF Desk clamp YMACV4D/SR Through desk YMACV4T/SR
Adjustable-height twin double extension gas assisted monitor arm, with quick-release monitor bracket. Desk-clamp or through-desk fitting. Through-desk fits standard access cutout, retaining cable access. Supports between 3-8kg per arm. Desk clamp YMACV44D/SR SilverF Through desk YMACV44T/SR
WhiteD+polished Desk clamp YMACV4D/WP Through desk YMACV4T/WP
WhiteD+polished Desk clamp YMACV44D/WP Through desk YMACV44T/WP
Pole height adjustable desk-clamp monitor arms may be used with Ambus Bench desks (i.e. with sliding tops). For use on single-sided Ambus benches MUST order an additional mounting bracket AF493 @ . Cable tray access when the top is slid open is reduced by around 40mm when desk clamp monitor arms fitted.
SHARED ITEMS
these images indicate the range of possible monitor positions, irrespective of the desk fixing
Gas-assisted monitor arms can only be fitted to Ambus bench desks by drilling a mounting hole through the top and using the through-desk fitting (the clamp fitting would prevent the tops from sliding closed). F
Silver RAL9006
s
White RAL9010
White RAL9016 (White desk frames are RAL9016)
D
MONITOR ARMS FOR MOUNTING TO SCREEN SLATWALLS, ACCESSORY BARS AND DESK TOPS
Slatwall and accessory bar mount adjustable-height single extension monitor arm (pole height adjustment). SilverF YMASV1 Whites YMASV1
F
Silver RAL9006
s
White RAL9010
Slatwall mount only single extension gas assisted height-adjustable monitor arm with quick-release monitor bracket. Supports between 3-8kg. SilverF YMASA3/SR WhiteD+polished YMASA3/WP
White RAL9016
D
Flat screen mounting arm, tilt (±17º) and swivel, with 280mm extension (please order required conversion bracket below). Black only YARM1/BK
Flat screen mounting arm, tilt (±17º) and swivel (please order required conversion bracket below). Black only YARM2/BK
YCB3/##, Height adjustable (by 150mm) conversion bracket to fit YARM1 or YARM2 to slatwall or accessory bar: Replace ## with bracket colour: BK=Black SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White
Our desk mounted screens are amongst the most rigid on the market, but the size and weight of some monitors can sometimes pull even our dividing screens slightly away from vertical or cause a screen and others linked to it to move a little when a monitor is adjusted. If you feel this may be an issue, given the particular monitors being fitted and the expectations of the users, we recommend you specify our desk mounted monitor arms instead. In any event, screen mounted monitor arms should always be mounted in counterbalanced pairs, one on either side of a screen, or special optional bracing brackets fitted (POA).
CPU CRADLES Universal CPU cradle, height adjustable. Screws under desk surface (bench desks require mounting plates – see below).
Universal CPU cradle, slide/rotate, adjustable for height. (bench desks require mounting plates – see below)
Silvern Whites
Silvern YCPUSR/SR Whites YCPUSR/WH
s
YCPU2/SR YCPU2/WH
White RAL9010
Silver (no exact RAL reference)
n
Mounting plate for either CPU cradle (for Ambus bench) For single-sided benches: ACPUMP1 For double-sided benches: ACPUMP2 (one per cradle) If you wish to fit a 3rd party CPU cradle you will need to order a custom mounting plate. If you wish to fit a YCPUSR to an X-Range bench you will need a conversion kit QF581 @ We do not recommend specifying a CPU holder and a pedestal under a top less than 1600mm wide.
Sven Price List January 2017
63
HiRise
®
– electrically height adjustable desks and tables
HIRISE
SINGLE DESKS – 720mm to 1150mm high
INDIVIDUAL DESKS on T-frames – 800mm deep tops With cable ports 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm
HR12S/**/MWH/AWH HR14S/**/MWH/AWH HR16S/**/MWH/AWH HR18S/**/MWH/AWH
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
With scalloped rear edges ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
HR12S/C/**/MWH HR14S/C/**/MWH HR16S/C/**/MWH HR18S/C/**/MWH
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Modesty panels HMP12/** HMP14/** HMP16/** HMP18/**
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Screens for individual desks – 670mm high (solid, mounting brackets included)
Screens for individuals desks – 670mm high (part-glazed in clear frosted Perspex, mounting brackets included)
Width 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm*
Width 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm*
Code HS12066SS/WH/+ HS14066SS/WH/+ HS16066SS/WH/+ HS18066SS/WH/+
With Integral Pinnable Slatwall both sides add /SW add /PN Grp 2 Grp 1 Grp 2 + + + +
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
Cable tray (top-mounted) HCT10S HCT12S HCT14S HCT16S
Grp 1
Code HS12066PS/WH/+/PC HS14066PS/WH/+/PC HS16066PS/WH/+/PC HS18066PS/WH/+/PC
Grp 1
Grp 2
Under-desk clearance When considering placing pedestals or other items under a desk please be aware that the built-in cable tray around the motor is 600mm above the floor when the desk is set to its lowest height.
SLIMLINE STORAGE DRAWERS
Extendable cable spine (White) YSLK/WH
Flexible cable spine (White) 1200mm YFCS/WH
Both cables spines can be used to route cables from floor to desktop, or to a central or top fixed cable tray. The Flexible cable spine is fixed in length (1200mm) so, when used vertically, guarantees that any cable fed through is sufficiently long, even when a desk is at full height. With the Flexible cable spine, cables are 'popped' into place inside the individual ribs. With the Extendable cable spine, sufficient free cable length must be provided for on installation. Cables pass through the centre of the coil while collapsed, and the coil then clipped onto the desk mounted top bracket.
Top-fixed storage Pen drawer Wide tray drawer
Dimensions 413 x 248 x 43mm 879 x 259 x 43mm
Code YPD/WH YWTD/WH
All heights are nominal. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Replace + with fabric colour code MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Beech BB Macassar Black BK Maple Concrete CC Natural Oak
64
MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ Cherry CY Macassar Tan Light Oak LO Maple Macassar Gold MG Natural Cherry
Sven Price List January 2017
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
DOUBLE BENCH – 800mm deep tops* With cable ports 1200mm HR12D/**/MWH/AWH 1400mm HR14D/**/MWH/AWH 1600mm HR16D/**/MWH/AWH 1800mm HR18D/**/MWH/AWH Ganging bracket (pair) HGB1
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
With scalloped rear edges HR12D/C/**/MWH HR14D/C/**/MWH HR16D/C/**/MWH HR18D/C/**/MWH
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Cable trays (pair) – top mounted HCT10D HCT12D HCT14D HCT16D
Cable tray – central, fixed HCT10C HCT12C HCT14C HCT16C
HIRISE
DOUBLE BENCH – 700mm to 1130mm high
(optional: to align benches and space them 30mm apart – for safety)
*Nominal dimension. Tops are 785mm deep with a 30mm gap between, giving a total depth of 1600mm. Ganging bracket (pair) HGB1
Screens for Double Bench – 670mm high (part-glazed in clear frosted Perspex, mounting bar included)
Screens for Double Bench – 670mm high (solid, mounting bar included) Width 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm*
Code HS12066SD/WH/+ HS14066SD/WH/+ HS16066SD/WH/+ HS18066SD/WH/+
Grp 1
Grp 2
Width 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm*
Code HS12066PD/WH/+/PC HS14066PD/WH/+/PC HS16066PD/WH/+/PC HS18066PD/WH/+/PC
Grp 1
Grp 2
*Fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide Cable chain provides neat and safe cable routing between a central cable tray, a top-mounted cable tray and/or the desktop. The cable chain’s fixed length ensures that sufficient length of cable is available when the desktop set at maximum height. The cable chain comes with brackets that may be screwed into a desktop or attached with cable ties to a cable tray.
Under-desk clearance When considering placing pedestals or other items under a desk please be aware that the built-in cable tray around the motor is 600mm above the floor when the desk is set to its lowest height.
Cable chain (Black) 1000mm YCAC/WH
MEETING TABLES – 700mm to 1130mm high MEETING TABLES – 1200mm deep tops 2200mm HR222R/**/MWH 2500mm HR252R/**/MWH 2800mm HR282R/**/MWH
i
Cable management options comprise those listed on p.3, the NFLAP on p.4 but coded as YFLAP, and the lift-out tiles listed to right. Note that the small integral HiRise steel cable tray serves in place of timber cable trays fitted to our other tables.
➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂
LIFT-OUT TILES Order the tiles below and add /HT to the end of the table code. HT@/**
➀
➂
➃
All heights are nominal. Replace ** with tile or flap finish code, as below: Melamine finishes Group ➀ Beech Black Concrete Macassar
BB BK CC MC
Maple Natural Oak Natural Walnut Slate
Replace + with fabric colour code Veneer finishes Group ➂
GM Wenge NO White WN Zebrano SL Zebrano Sand
WG WH ZB ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
CY LO MG MT
Sven Price List January 2017
Maple Natural Cherry Natural Walnut Smoked Oak
Glass finishes – Price Group ➃ (available on tiles only) MA CN NW SO
Black Mirror Glass White Glass Frosted Green Glass Wenge
GBK GWH GLG WE
65
Ligni
™
TABLES
LIGNI
We list up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length. To Pairs Pcs. seat of legs
Size
Code
Square 800 x 800 1000 x 1000 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1500 1800 x 1800
NT8S/**/EME/L?? NT10S/**/EME/L?? NT12S/**/EME/L?? NT15S/**/EME/L?? NT18S/**/EME/L??
1 1 1 1 1
2 4 4 8 8
2 2 2 2 2
Rectangular 1600 x 800 1800 x 800 1800 x 1000 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 3500 x 1500 4000 x 1200 4000 x 1500 4500 x 1200 4500 x 1500 5000 x 1200 5000 x 1500
NT168R/**/EME/L?? NT188R/**/EME/L?? NT180R/**/EME/L?? NT200R/**/EME/L?? NT252R/**/EME/L?? NT302R/**/EME/L?? NT352R/**/EME/L?? NT355R/**/EME/L?? NT402R/**/EME/L?? NT405R/**/EME/L?? NT452R/**/EME/L?? NT455R/**/EME/L?? NT502R/**/EME/L?? NT505R/**/EME/L??
1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
6 6 6 6 8 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 6
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Circular 1000 diam. 1200 diam. 1500 diam. 1800 diam.
NTD10/**/EME/L?? NTD12/**/EME/L?? NTD15/**/EME/L?? NTD18/**/EME/L??
1 1 1 1
4 5 6 8
2 2 2 2
(1125mm high) NTH127/**/EME/L?? NTH129/**/EME/L?? NTH187/**/EME/L?? NTH189/**/EME/L?? NTH247/**/EME/L?? NTH249/**/EME/L??
1 1 1 1 1 1
4 4 6 6 8 8
2 2 2 2 2 2
Coffee tables 600 x 600 NCT6/**/EME/L?? 1000 x 600 NCT10/**/EME/L?? 800 diam. NCTD8/**/EME/L?? 1000 diam. NCTD10/**/EME/L??
1 1 1 1
High 1200 1200 1800 1800 2400 2400
tables x 700 x 900 x 700 x 900 x 700 x 900
MFC thin edge
Veneer Black thin or White edge glass
* * * * * * * * *
2 2 2 2
Important note: Grain matching * Table top woodgrain runs lengthways on one-piece tables and side-to-side on two-piece tables – except on MFC tables 4500 and 5000mm long where, for technical reasons, the grain must run lengthways. We hand match grain on adjacent table sections in veneer, but this is not possible in MFC where the grain pattern is random. Inevitably the unpredictable degree of mismatch between the grain on adjacent sections of two-piece MFC tables is more noticeable on darker or heavily figured finishes such as Macassar, Zebrano, Natural Walnut and Natural Oak, and more apparent on tables over 4000mm because end-to-end grain mismatch is more obvious than side-to-side. We recommend making customers aware of these limitations especially with these finishes on 4500 and 5000mm tables. Tops: MFC Replace ** with top finish code. By default the edge will match the top finish, but you may optionally specify the edge in Ply, Black or White by replacing ME in the code with PY=Ply BK=Black WH=White Special finishes are available on request – POA Coffee table tops are Beech BB Concrete CC Maple GM Natural Walnut WN Wenge WG Zebrano ZB additionally available Black BK Macassar MC Natural Oak NO Slate SL White WH Zebrano Sand ZS in Black or White glass Tops: Veneer Replace ** with top finish code. To specify optional Ply veneer edge replace ME in the code with PY Replace ** with: Black GBK Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge WE White GWH Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Leg Finish (with MFC and Veneer tops) Legs are 36mm ply with sides in the selected finish: replace ?? with leg finish code from any of the veneer and laminate finishes below Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Black laminate BK Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge WE White laminate WH
66
Sven Price List January 2017
CABLE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS FOR LIGNI TABLES When ordering any of the following cable management fittings for tables (cable ports, fitted power and USB port, flip-top socket housings, pop-up socket cassettes) please put ‘Special’ in front of the code for the table into which they are to be fitted, list the number of fittings required and provide a drawing with the order specifying the desired positions of the fitting(s). Some positions may be impractical due to the underlying structure of the table. Please appreciate that we cannot schedule orders for production until we have a drawing.
Cable ports Tables may be specified with a variety of cable ports. Black
YAP/BK
Slate
YAP/SL
White
YAP/WH
Zinc
YAP/ZN
LIGNI
Chrome YAP/PC Power and USB charging port (may also be retro-fitted to desks) Comprising a flush-fitting port providing a standard power socket and double smart USB charging ports. The USB sockets are compliant with v1.2 of the USB charging specification and are also Apple compliant. May be specified pre-fitted into a table (drawing required) or supplied separately as a replacement for a standard plastic desk cable port (very simple self-fitting without tools). Supplied with a 0.3m fly lead with Wieland male connector: please also order a power supply lead of the required length – see below. Fitted to a table in a user-specified location
White
YCPS12WH/WC
Black
YCPS12BK/WC
Supply only (to replace existing cable port)
White
YCPS12WH
Black
YCPS12BK
i
All data sockets listed below are RJ45 Cat5E as standard. Cat 6, Cat 6a and blank housings for self-fit sockets available on request, POA. If requesting a Cat 6 variant, please be sure to specify Cat 6 shielded, Cat 6 unshielded, Cat 6a shielded or Cat 6a unshielded.
Flip-top socket housings The lid and sockets hinge open to enable convenient connection, and may then be closed during operation leaving only cables visible. Lids may be finished in brushed Silver Aluminium or veneered (grain structure and colouring may vary to some degree from the surrounding surface). Supplied with 2m data leads and 0.3m Wieland in GST18 power drop lead (male). Please order the required power supply lead – see below. Two power + two data
With aluminium cover
YFLIP/AL
With veneered cover
YFLIP
Two power + two data + double smart charge USB ports
With aluminium cover
YFLIPU/AL
With veneered cover
YFLIPU
Other socket configurations may be specified to ‘Special’ order. Pop-up socket cassettes Comprising a circular port that can be raised up to provide access to a socket block with a choice of sockets. Supplied with 0.3m GST18 power drop lead (male) and (where applicable) 2m data fly leads. Please order the required power supply lead – see below. YPOP2P2D
Two power + two data
Two power + two data + double smart charge USB ports YPOP2P2DU One power + double smart charge USB ports
YPOP1PU
Extendable cable spine
Flexible cable spines Flexible plastic conduits with a weighted base that can be positioned at any convenient point and fixed to the underside of any table (or desk). Black
YFTS/BK
Silver
YFTS/SV
White
Black
YSLK/BK
Silver
YSLK/SV
White
YSLK/WH
YFTS/WH
We recommend the use of pre-made leads with moulded Wieland plugs: pre-made leads of any length can be supplied.
Power Supply Leads
Power Connector Leads
13 Amp plug female Wieland
Wieland male to female
Plugs
2m supply lead
YTF2
0.5m connector lead YTMF0.5
3m supply lead
YTF3
1m connector lead
4m supply lead
YTF4
1.5m connector lead YTMF1.5
YTMF1
2m connector lead
YTMF2
Wieland female self-fit plug
YEFSFP
3m connector lead
YTMF3
Wieland male self-fit plug
YEMSFP
4m connector lead
YTMF4
Wieland male blanking plug YEMBP
Sven Price List January 2017
67
CABLE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS FOR LIGNI TABLES We offer cable management tiles and cable management flaps: tiles lift out and flaps hinge up, both giving access to a cable tray that can accommodate sockets and excess cable. Both tiles and flaps are available in the same finish as the table top or in a contrasting MFC or veneer finish. Tiles are additionally available in Black mirror glass, White glass and frosted Green glass. Lift-out tiles and hinged flaps are not available on tables 800mm wide. All tiles and flaps have an aluminium edging, as illustrated.
LIFT-OUT TILES – with cable tray under
LIGNI
Order the required tiles and add /WT to the end of the table code. Not available on 800mm wide tables. Table length 1800mm 2000mm 2200mm 2500mm 3000mm 3500mm 4000mm 4500mm 5000mm
Tiles NT@18/** NT@20/** NT@22/** NT@25/** NT@30/** NT@35/** NT@40/** NT@45/** NT@50/**
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Lift-out tiles
HINGED DOUBLE FLAPS – with cable tray under Order the required flaps and add /WF to the end of the table code. Not available on 800mm wide tables. Table length 1800mm 2000mm 2200mm 2500mm 3000mm 3500mm 4000mm 4500mm 5000mm
Flaps NF@18/** NF@20/** NF@22/** NF@25/** NF@30/** NF@35/** NF@40/** NF@45/** NF@50/**
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Hinged flaps
HINGED SINGLE FLAP – with cable box under 200 x 200mm including 25mm brush strip on one side. Cable box below measures 364 x 220 x 120mm internally, with cable access on all four sides. Not available on 800mm wide tables. When ordering NFLAP(s) please put ‘Special’ in front of the code for the table into which they are to be fitted, list the number of fittings required and provide a drawing with the order specifying the desired positions of the NFLAP(s) and their orientation (which side should open, i.e. the side with the brush strip). Some positions may be impractical due to the underlying structure of the table. Please appreciate that we cannot schedule orders for production until we have a drawing. NFLAP
NFLAP/** ➀ ➂
i
Notes on veneering of tiles and flaps Woodgrain on tiles and double flaps always runs lengthways: i.e. along the length of the table. Woodgrain on single flaps varies depending on the required orientation. We endeavour to colour match veneer tiles and flaps to the adjacent top surface, but the figure of the grain may differ.
Replace ** with tile or flap finish code, as below: Veneer finishes Group ➂
Melamine finishes Group ➀ Beech Black Concrete Macassar
68
BB BK CC MC
Maple Natural Oak Natural Walnut Slate
GM Wenge NO White WN Zebrano SL Zebrano Sand
WG WH ZB ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
CY LO MG MT
Sven Price List January 2017
Maple Natural Cherry Natural Walnut Smoked Oak
MA CN NW SO
Glass finishes – all Price Group ➃ (available on tiles only) Black Mirror Glass GBK White Glass GWH Frosted Green Glass GLG Wenge WE
LIGNI BENCH DESKS End module
End module Insert module
End module
1600mm deep tops End module NBD1612/**/EME/L??/A## NBD1614/**/EME/L??/A## NBD1616/**/EME/L??/A## NBD1618/**/EME/L??/A##
MFC Veneer Insert module NBD1612E/**/EME/L??/A## NBD1614E/**/EME/L??/A## NBD1616E/**/EME/L??/A## NBD1618E/**/EME/L??/A##
MFC
Veneer Cable Tray
NCT12 NCT14 NCT16 NCT18
+ + + +
LIGNI
Width 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm
End module
A bench requires two end modules and optionally an insert module. Each end module is supplied with two end legs and one linking leg, so two end modules combine to provide the necessary two linking legs. Each insert module is supplied with a pair of linking legs. As standard, all tops are drilled to accept screens and fitted with four cable ports. If screens will not be fitted add /N to the code. Replace ## with finish for cable ports: BK=Black SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc PC=Polished Chrome (Chrome + per port).
LIGNI BENCH DESKS – stand-alone
1600mm deep tops Stand-alone desks MFC Veneer Cable Tray Width – includes two pairs of legs 1200mm NBD1612T/**/EME/L??/A## NCTS12 Stand alone NCTS14 1400mm NBD1614T/**/EME/L??/A## NCTS16 1600mm NBD1616T/**/EME/L??/A## NCTS18 1800mm NBD1618T/**/EME/L??/A## As standard, all tops are drilled to accept screens and fitted with four cable ports. If screens will not be fitted add /N to
+ + + + the code.
PAD SCREENS FOR LIGNI BENCH – fully upholstered PAD screens fit directly through the centre of the top. Screens are 400mm shorter than the module to which they are fitted, creating a 400mm gap between adjacent screens. 340mm high Desk Width 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm
Screen Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm
Code NP80034BD/+ NP10034BD/+ NP12034BD/+ NP14034BD/+
Grp 1 Grp 2
465mm high Desk Width 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm
Screen Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm
Code NP80046BD/+ NP10046BD/+ NP12046BD/+ NP14046BD/+
Grp 1 Grp 2
i
PAD screens for Ligni bench desks not interchangeable with other PAD screens.
Tops: MFC Replace ** with top finish code. By default the edge will match the top finish, but you may optionally specify the edge in Ply, Black or White by replacing ME in the code with PY=Ply BK=Black WH=White Special finishes are available on request – POA Beech BB Concrete CC Maple GM Natural Walnut WN Wenge WG Zebrano ZB Black BK Macassar MC Natural Oak NO Slate SL White WH Zebrano Sand ZS Tops: Veneer Replace ** with top finish code. To specify optional Ply veneer edge replace ME in the code with PY Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge WE Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Leg Finish (with MFC and Veneer tops) Legs are 36mm ply with sides in the selected finish: replace ?? with leg finish code from any of the veneer and laminate finishes below Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Black laminate BK Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge WE White laminate WH
Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes are listed on our screen fabric swatch cards). *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm and wider, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch.
Screen fabrics: Group 1: Camira Cara Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, L2, Lucia, Nexus, Racer.
Sven Price List January 2017
69
LIGNI STORAGE – with push-latch doors and drawers NS710A
LIGNI
NS7A
NS7A/T**/C**/EME/L?? NS710A/T**/C**/EME/L?? NS712ADA/ T**/C**/EME/L?? NS716AA/ T**/C**/EME/L??
NS712ADA
(all units 562mm deep x 735mm high) Double door, 862mm wide Double door, 1062mm wide Doors to left and right, drawers to centre, 1295mm wide Two pairs of double doors, 1627mm wide
NS716A
Grp 1
Grp 2
Grp 3
Grp 4 Locking + + + +
To specify locking add /K to the code. All cupboards are fitted with an adjustable shelf.
Price Groups: Grp 1=MFC Grp 2=Veneer top + MFC carcass and fronts Grp 3=Veneer top and fronts with MFC carcass Grp 4=All veneer Replace the ** of T** and C** with codes for the top finish and carcass finish respectively. By default the edge will match the top finish. To specify the edge on MFC tops in optional faux Ply, Black or White replace ME in the code with PY=Ply BK=Black WH=White. On veneer tops, specify a Ply edge by replacing ME in the code with PY=Ply. By default, push-latch doors and drawers match the carcass finish, but may be specified to match the top by adding /F to the code. Special finishes are available on request – POA. MFC finish Beech Black
BB BK
Concrete Macassar
CC MC
Veneer finish Cherry Light Oak
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
Maple Natural Oak
GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate
WN Wenge SL White
WG WH
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
NW Wenge SO
WE
Zebrano Zebrano Sand
ZB ZS
Leg Finish (with MFC and Veneer tops) Legs 36mm ply with sides in the selected finish: replace ?? with leg finish code from any veneer and laminate finishes below Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Black laminate BK Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge WE White laminate WH
70
Sven Price List January 2017
HiTable
TM
HITABLE
HIGH LOW
Size Code 1050mm high tables 1200 x 500 HTH125/**/EME 1800 x 500 HTH185/**/EME 2400 x 500 HTH245/**/EME
MFC Veneer
Size 750mm high 1200 x 500 1800 x 500 2400 x 500
Code tables HTL125/**/EME HTL185/**/EME HTL245/**/EME
1200 x 700 1800 x 700 2400 x 700
HTH127/**/EME HTH187/**/EME HTH247/**/EME
1200 x 700 1800 x 700 2400 x 700
HTL127/**/EME HTL187/**/EME HTL247/**/EME
1200 x 900 1800 x 900 2400 x 900
HTH129/**/EME HTH189/**/EME HTH249/**/EME
1200 x 900 1800 x 900 2400 x 900
HTL129/**/EME HTL189/**/EME HTL249/**/EME
MFC Veneer
BENCH SEATING – for Low
Size
Code
MFC Veneer
Bench seats 1100 x 320 1700 x 320 2300 x 320
450mm high (for 750mm high tables) HTB114/**/EME HTB174/**/EME HTB234/**/EME
Optional Cushions (by fabric Price Group*) A B C D E F
L POA POA POA
M POA POA POA
N POA POA POA
*For cushion fabric price groups please see the seating section. ELECTRICAL OPTIONS Single cable ports and power+USB charging ports will by default be fitted to the centre right on 900mm and 700mm wide tables, and to the rear right on 500mm deep tables. Pairs of cable ports and power+USB charging ports will be fitted to centre left and right and rear left and right. [Modesty panels on 700mm and 900mm tables are slightly offset from centre to allow the central fitting of cable ports] Cable Ports Black YAP/BK
Slate YAP/SL
Zinc YAP/ZN White YAP/WH Chrome YAP/PC
Power and USB charging ports Comprising a flush-fitting port providing a standard power socket and double smart USB charging ports. Supplied with a 0.3m fly lead with Wieland male connector: please also order a power supply lead of the required length. White YCPS12WH/WC Black YCPS12BK/WC 2m supply lead YTF2 3m supply lead YTF3 4m supply lead YTF4 Tops: MFC Replace ** with top finish code. By default the edge will match the top finish, but you may optionally specify the edge in Ply, Black or White by replacing ME in the code with PY=Ply BK=Black WH=White Special finishes are available on request – POA Beech BB Concrete CC Maple GM Natural Walnut WN Wenge WG Zebrano ZB Black BK Macassar MC Natural Oak NO Slate SL White WH Zebrano Sand ZS Tops: Veneer Replace ** with top finish code. To specify optional Ply veneer edge replace ME in the code with PY Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge WE Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO
Sven Price List January 2017
71
HiStore Lite ®
HISTORE LITE
WALL STORAGE – 520mm deep Height (mm) 2330 2355 2380 2405 2430 2455 2480 2505 2530 2555 2580 2605 2630 2655 2680 2705 2730 2755 2780 2805 2830 2855 2880 2905
i
Width 800mm Code HSL23308/** HSL23558/** HSL23808/** HSL24058/** HSL24308/** HSL24558/** HSL24808/** HSL25058/** HSL25308/** HSL25558/** HSL25808/** HSL26058/** HSL26308/** HSL26558/** HSL26808/** HSL27058/** HSL27308/** HSL27558/** HSL27808/** HSL28058/** HSL28308/** HSL28558/** HSL28808/** HSL29058/**
Width 1000mm Code HSL233010/** HSL235510/** HSL238010/** HSL240510/** HSL243010/** HSL245510/** HSL248010/** HSL250510/** HSL253010/** HSL255510/** HSL258010/** HSL260510/** HSL263010/** HSL265510/** HSL268010/** HSL270510/** HSL273010/** HSL275510/** HSL278010/** HSL280510/** HSL283010/** HSL285510/** HSL288010/** HSL290510/**
Pelmet height 150 175 200 225 150 175 200 225 150 175 200 225 150 175 200 225 150 175 200 225 150 175 200 225
Internal Shelf height Guide 2017 6 2017 6 2017 6 2017 6 2117 6 2117 6 2117 6 2117 6 2217 6 2217 6 2217 6 2217 6 2317 7 2317 7 2317 7 2317 7 2417 7 2417 7 2417 7 2417 7 2517 7 2517 7 2517 7 2517 7
Specifying
When specifying a height, be sure to make allowance for any variations along a run. As a guide, specify a height at least 20mm less than the minimum measured ceiling height. Units are priced empty: please specify any shelves or other internal fittings required. A maximum of three roll-out filing frames may be fitted to each unit. Installation HiStore Lite is supplied flat packed for assembly on site. Units are assembled horizontally, then raised to vertical and moved into position. They are then fixed back to the wall and finally the top cap/pelmet is fitted. For safety, units MUST be installed leaning slightly backwards AND fixed to the wall behind. A fixing bracket is provided but appropriate fittings for fixing to the wall are the responsibility of the installer. Due to the height of the units a stepladder is essential for installation, as the top pelmet must be added after the unit is raised upright. A spirit level is also required to ensure that units are levelled (N.B. feet are adjusted through the base of the unit).
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes Add suffix “E” for selected finish on storage fronts with White storage carcass Beech Black
72
BB BK
Concrete Macassar
CC MC
Maple Natural Oak
GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate
WN Wenge SL White
Sven Price List January 2017
WG WH
Zebrano Zebrano Sand
ZB ZS
HISTORE STORAGE FITTINGS Description Roll-out filing frame, A4/foolscap
Code
Price
YROFF (800mm) YROFF10 (1000mm) YREF/** (800 x 18mm)
HISTORE LITE
Roll-out reference shelf
YREF10/** (1000 x 18mm) Metal combination shelf (accepts 330mm lateral files under)
YMCS/SL (800mm)
Lateral & print-out filing rail
YLFF (800mm)
YMCS10/SL (1000mm) YLFF10 (1000mm)
Shelf
YS/** (800 x 18mm) YS25/** (800 x 25mm) YS10/** (1000 x 18mm) YS1025/** (1000 x 25mm)
Hat shelf with coat rail
YHCS/** (800 x 18mm) YHCS10/** (1000 x 18mm)
Partition shelf
YPTS/** (800 x 18mm) YPTS10/** (1000 x 18mm)
Partition dividers (pair)
YPTS1D/** (108mm high) YPTS2D/** (220mm high)
i
Metal slotted shelf (accepts metal dividers)
YMSS/SL (800mm)
Metal divider (pair) 200mm
YMSSD/SL
YMSS10/SL (1000mm)
Notes about fittings
1. When specifying roll-out fittings behind double doors, please ensure the storage unit is positioned to allow the doors to be fully opened. 2. Partition shelves and dividers can be combined to create ‘pigeonhole units’: each partition shelf is drilled to accept two partition dividers. Partition shelves must be ordered for the top, bottom and any intermediate shelves. 3. All metal storage fittings are finished in Slate.
Sven Price List January 2017
73
Screens FITTINGS FOR SCREEN SLATWALLS – for SPA and ALU
Letter tray (A4), portrait YC1200T (Clear) YC1200B (Black)
Letter tray (A4), landscape YC1209T (Clear) YC1209B (Black)
Stacking uprights for letter trays YC1201T (Clear) YC1201B (Black)
Pen holder YC1208T (Clear) YC1208B (Black)
Pentray YC1206T (Clear) YC1206B (Black)
SCREENS
For Monitor Arms for mounting to screen slatwalls please see p.61
INTODUCTION TO SPA SCREENS Overview SPA screens combine strength, versatility and elegance. They feature a 24mm thick aluminium frame, which incorporates our innovative three-way linking system. This allows either linking at any angle using a flexible dumbbell strip, or rigid linking at predetermined angles using steel brackets. The SPA screen system includes desk-mounted screens, rectangular screens in fully upholstered, part-glazed and glazed variants, and fully upholstered wave-top screens, all offered in a wide range of heights. Because desk mounted screens sit on desks (rather than next to them), for functional reasons they have a more triangular endpost than freestanding screens, but desk mounted screens can still be linked to freestanding screens using our standard dumbbell strip. Screens may be specified with a double-sided six-channel slatwall. Desk mounted screens are additionally available with a double-sided two-channel accessory bar. For details of monitor arms and other accessories that fit slatwalls and accessory bars please see p.61. All SPA screens may be specified with a pinnable core. Summary of variants Styles: Desk Mounted and Floor standing: Solid Full-height, Part-glazed, Fully-glazed and Change-height Wave. Fire Resistance To achieve fire resistance to BS476 Part 7 Class 1 we can supply screens upholstered in FR treated fabric over fire retardant foam: prices on application. Finishes Frames, trunking, supporting feet and most other metal components are available in Slate, Zinc or White (RAL9016). Shelves and counter tops are available in all our standard finishes. Glazing is Perspex®, in the following finishes: Clear, Clear Frosted. Guidelines for specifying SPA screen installations 1. Identify the codes for the screen widths, heights and types required. Screens used in conjunction with furniture should be specified to the exact size of the adjacent furniture. Custom width screens can be supplied on request – POA. 2. Choose options such as slatwall, accessory bar and pinboard core. 3. Select the fabric range. Replace the + at the end of the code with code for the fabric colour (fabric colour codes are listed on our screen fabric swatch cards). On glazed and part-glazed screens, replace the ** with the code for the Perspex® finish. 3. Calculate the number of stabilising feet and/or brackets required. 4. Optional: specify any rigid linking fittings desired. Important cautionary note regarding screens 1800mm or more wide Fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm or more wide, where limitations of the width of the fabric rolls mean fabric must run horizontally. This means that any pattern in the fabric on a screen 1800mm or more wide will mismatch any adjacent smaller screens. Even plain fabrics with no apparent pattern may appear a different colour/shade when upholstered in a different orientation. We list wide screens because their use can substantially reduce costs in circumstances where otherwise two smaller screens would have to be used. However, specifiers should avoid using screens 1800mm or more in patterned fabrics and must be aware of the potential for perceived mismatch even with plain fabrics. We must advise that the only way to be absolutely certain of avoiding matching problems is to avoid the use of screens 1800mm or more wide – advice which holds true for screens from all manufacturers.
STANDARD FABRICS Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, L2, Lucia, Nexus, Racer
74
Sven Price List January 2017
SPA SCREENS: RECTANGULAR DESK-MOUNTED (please order mounting brackets separately – see p.67) 340mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm* 2000mm*
Code Grp 1 Grp 2 S80033S/##/+ S10033S/##/+ S12033S/##/+ S14033S/##/+ S14333S/##/+ S16033S/##/+ S16333S/##/+ S18033S/##/+ S20033S/##/+
With Integral Accessory Bar add code /AB Grp 1 Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall Pinnable add code /SW both sides Grp 1 Grp 2 add /PN + + + + + + + + +
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm* 2000mm*
Code Grp 1 S80050S/##/+ S10050S/##/+ S12050S/##/+ S14050S/##/+ S14350S/##/+ S16050S/##/+ S16350S/##/+ S18050S/##/+ S20050S/##/+
With Integral Slatwall Pinnable add code /SW both sides Grp 2 Grp 1 Grp 2 add /PN + + + + + + + + +
SCREENS
505mm high
Guidance on mounting monitors If fitting monitor support arms to 505mm screens, please note: Accessory bars run along the top of the screen. Fitting monitor support arms that do not incorporate height adjustment may position the monitor too high for comfortable use. In this situation, please either specify slatwall, which fits lower on the screen and offers a choice of mounting heights, or use support arms that allow downwards height adjustment.
SPA SCREENS: WAVE DESK-MOUNTED (please order mounting brackets separately – see p.67) 340/505mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm* 2000mm*
Code Grp 1 S803350U/##/+ S103350U/##/+ S123350U/##/+ S143350U/##/+ S153350U/##/+ S163350U/##/+ S173350U/##/+ S183350U/##/+ S203350U/##/+
Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall add code /SW Grp 1 Grp 2
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + +
Replace ## with frame colour: BK=Blacku SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc uBlack frames not available on Wave screens Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes can be up to six characters, and listed on our screen fabric swatch cards under each fabric sample) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer
Sven Price List January 2017
75
SPA SCREENS: PART-GLAZED DESK-MOUNTED (please order mounting brackets separately – see p.67) 505mm high Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm* 2000mm*
Code S80050P/##/+/** S10050P/##/+/** S12050P/##/+/** S14050P/##/+/** S14350P/##/+/** S16050P/##/+/** S16350P/##/+/** S18050P/##/+/** S20050P/##/+/**
Grp 1
Grp 2
SPA SCREENS: FULLY-GLAZED DESK-MOUNTED (please order mounting brackets separately – see p.67)
SCREENS
340mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm* 2000mm*
Code S80033G/##/** S10033G/##/** S12033G/##/** S14033G/##/** S14333G/##/** S16033G/##/** S16333G/##/** S18033G/##/** S20033G/##/**
Replace ** with the Perspex panel finish code, as below: Perspex colours
Clear Clear Frosted
CG PC
SPA SCREENS: TRANSVERSE DESK-MOUNTED – for Ambus Bench desks only (mounting brackets included) 340mm high x 800mm deep Application Code For single-sided benches – fabric upholstered SWS80033S/##/+ For double-sided benches – fabric upholstered SWD80033S/##/+
Pinnable both sides Grp 1 Grp 2 add /PN + +
Notes: on panel end bench desks, transverse screens sit 6mm lower than 340mm high rear mounted screens. Transverse screens divide worksurfaces and run front-to-back on the worksurface. They may be fitted at any point along a top except over legs and the join between two tops.
Replace ## with frame colour: BK=Black SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes can be up to six characters, and listed on our screen fabric swatch cards under each fabric sample) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer
76
Sven Price List January 2017
SCREEN BRACKETS GUIDE – for SPA desk mounted screens Brackets for desks and workstations
Brackets for Ambus bench desks
SCLAMP/M## per pair (1 left hand and 1 right hand) Clamps around the top at the rear or side of a desk where there is no end panel, frame or pedestal in the way at either end of the screen.
For single bench desks SB1/## per set (with metal frames or panel ends) For double bench desks SB2M/## per set (with metal frames) SB2P/## per set (with panel ends)
SSCREW/M## per pair (1 left hand and 1 right hand) Screws into the edge of the top where there is an end panel, frame or pedestal in the way at one or both ends of the screen Replace ## with frame colour: BK=Black SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White
Please see the diagrams below for guidance on specifying the necessary pairs of brackets for desk mounted screens on Ambus desks and workstations (for Ambus Bench desks see above). The codes indicate the brackets to be used: the red and green lines are for information only and seek to show why particular brackets are needed. The green lines indicate modesty panels that are inset from the edge of the top and thus allow clamp brackets to be used. Red lines indicate the position of frames or panels flush with the underside of the top, which only permit the use of screw-fixed brackets.
SCLAMP
AW12L AW12R AW14L AW14R
AD16 AD18 AD20
Wave Desks – Classic
Compact DoubleWave Desks
AWC12L AWC12R AWC14L AWC14R
AWCD14 AWCD16
AW16L AW16R AW18L AW18R
SSCREW
Wave Desks
AWC16L AWC16R AWC18L AWC18R
Corner Desks
Simple Corner Desks
Compact Corner Desks
Simple Compact Corner Desks
AC14L AC14R AC16L AC16R AC18L AC18R AC20L AC20R
ACS14L ACS14R ACS16L ACS16R ACS18L ACS18R ACS20L ACS20R
ACC16L ACC16R ACC18L ACC18R
ACCS16L ACCS16R ACCS18L ACCS18R
SSCREW
SSCREW
SCLAMP
SSCREW
SSCREW
SSCREW
SSCREW
SSCREW
Right handed ACWS16R ACWS18R
Meeting Desks
Freestanding Returns
AC120
ACW16 ACW18
AMD15L AMD15R AMD17L AMD17R
AR AWRL AWRR
MP
SSCREW
EW
Left handed ACP120L
SCLAMP
CR
SS
SCLAMP SSCREW
SCLAMP
SCLAMP
SSCREW
MP
LA
SC
SSCREW
Links ADC ASC
SCLAMP SCLAMP
SSCREW
SCLAMP
Unhanded Corner Workstations
SSCREW
W
RE
SSC
Right handed ACP120R LA MP /M
##
SSCREW/M##
SCLAMP
SC
SSCREW
Left handed ACWS16L ACWS18L
120° Workstations
LA SC
AWW14L AWW14R AWW16L AWW16R
SCLAMP
SCLAMP
SSCREW
Right handed ACW16R ACW18R
SSCREW
Compact Wave Workstations
SCLAMP
Simple Handed Corner Workstations / Simple Corner Desks with Pedestal SSCREW
SSCREW
SCLAMP SSCREW
Left handed ACW16L ACW18L
SCLAMP
SSCREW
Handed Corner Workstations/ Corner Desks with Pedestal
SCLAMP SSCREW
SCLAMP SSCREW
SCLAMP
SSCREW
SCLAMP
SCREENS
AD8 AD10 AD12 AD14
SCLAMP
SSCREW
Rectangular Desks
SCLAMP
SSCREW
SSCREW
SCLAMP
SSC
RE
W/
M#
#
Sven Price List January 2017
77
SPA SCREENS: SOLID FULL-HEIGHT FREESTANDING – 1070, 1235, 1400, 1565 and 1730mm high
1070mm high
SCREENS
Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Grp 1 Code S43110S/##/+ S50010S/##/+ S55010S/##/+ S80010S/##/+ S10010S/##/+ S12010S/##/+ S12710S/##/+ S14010S/##/+ S14310S/##/+ S16010S/##/+ S16310S/##/+ S18010S/##/+
Grp 2
With Integral Accessory Bar add code /AB Grp 1 Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall Pinnable add code /SW both sides Grp 1 Grp 2 add /PN + + + + + + + + + + + +
1235mm high
Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code S43112S/##/+ S50012S/##/+ S55012S/##/+ S80012S/##/+ S10012S/##/+ S12012S/##/+ S12712S/##/+ S14012S/##/+ S14312S/##/+ S16012S/##/+ S16312S/##/+ S18012S/##/+
With Integral Pinnable Slatwall both sides add code /SW add /PN Grp 1 Grp 2 Grp 1 Grp 2 + + + + + + + + + + + +
Pinnable option not available in combination with slatwall or accessory bar on 1070mm high screens
Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall add code /SW Grp 1 Grp 2
Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall add code /SW Grp 1 Grp 2
1400mm high Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Grp 1 Code S43114S/##/+ S50014S/##/+ S55014S/##/+ S80014S/##/+ S10014S/##/+ S12014S/##/+ S12714S/##/+ S14014S/##/+ S14314S/##/+ S16014S/##/+ S16314S/##/+ S18014S/##/+
1730mm high Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm
Grp 1 Code S43117S/##/+ S50017S/##/+ S55017S/##/+ S80017S/##/+ S10017S/##/+ S12017S/##/+ S12717S/##/+ S14017S/##/+ S14317S/##/+ S16017S/##/+ S16317S/##/+
1565mm high
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + + + + +
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + + + +
Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Grp 1 Code S43115S/##/+ S50015S/##/+ S55015S/##/+ S80015S/##/+ S10015S/##/+ S12015S/##/+ S12715S/##/+ S14015S/##/+ S14315S/##/+ S16015S/##/+ S16315S/##/+ S18015S/##/+
Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall add code /SW Grp 1 Grp 2
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + + + + +
With dry-wipe whiteboard above 900mm add code: On one side: /W1 On both sides: /W2
+ + +
+ + +
+
+
+
+
Replace ## with frame colour: BK=Black SL=Slate WH = White ZN=Zinc Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes can be up to six characters, and listed on our screen fabric swatch cards under each fabric sample) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer
78
Sven Price List January 2017
SPA SCREENS: PART GLAZED FREESTANDING – 1235, 1400, 1565 and 1730mm high, glazed above 900mm
Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code S43112P/##/+/** S50012P/##/+/** S55012P/##/+/** S80012P/##/+/** S10012P/##/+/** S12012P/##/+/** S12712P/##/+/** S14012P/##/+/** S14312P/##/+/** S16012P/##/+/** S16312P/##/+/** S18012P/##/+/**
Grp 1
Grp 2
1565mm high Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code S43115P/##/+/** S50015P/##/+/** S55015P/##/+/** S80015P/##/+/** S10015P/##/+/** S12015P/##/+/** S12715P/##/+/** S14015P/##/+/** S14315P/##/+/** S16015P/##/+/** S16315P/##/+/** S18015P/##/+/**
Grp 1
Grp 2
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + + + + +
Pinnable both sides add /PN
1400mm high Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code S43114P/##/+/** S50014P/##/+/** S55014P/##/+/** S80014P/##/+/** S10014P/##/+/** S12014P/##/+/** S12714P/##/+/** S14014P/##/+/** S14314P/##/+/** S16014P/##/+/** S16314P/##/+/** S18014P/##/+/**
Grp 1
Grp 2
1730mm high Width 431mm 500mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code S43117P/##/+/** S50017P/##/+/** S55017P/##/+/** S80017P/##/+/** S10017P/##/+/** S12017P/##/+/** S12717P/##/+/** S14017P/##/+/** S14317P/##/+/** S16017P/##/+/** S16317P/##/+/** S18017P/##/+/**
Grp 1
Grp 2
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + + + + +
Pinnable both sides add /PN + + + + + + + + + + + +
SCREENS
1235mm high
Replace ** with the Perspex panel finish code, as below: Perspex colours Clear Clear Frosted
CG PC
SPA SCREENS: WAVE FREESTANDING – change-height screens
1070/1400mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Grp 1 Code S801014U/##/+ S101014U/##/+ S121014U/##/+ S131014U/##/+ S141014U/##/+ S151014U/##/+ S161014U/##/+ S171014U/##/+ S181014U/##/+
Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall Pinnable add code /SW both sides Grp 1 Grp 2 add /PN + + + + + + + + +
1400/1730mm high Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm
Grp 1 Code S801417U/##/+ S101417U/##/+ S121417U/##/+ S131417U/##/+ S141417U/##/+ S151417U/##/+ S161417U/##/+ S171417U/##/+
Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall Pinnable add code /SW both sides Grp 1 Grp 2 add /PN + + + + + + + +
Pinnable option not available in combination with slatwall on 1070/1400mm high screens
Replace ## with frame colour: BK=Blacku SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc uBlack frames are not available on Wave screens. Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes can be up to six characters, and listed on our screen fabric swatch cards under each fabric sample) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer
Sven Price List January 2017
79
FITTINGS FOR STABILISING AND LINKING – for SPA As standard, all screens are supplied with levelling feet. The necessity for stabilising feet is dependant on the screen layout and the extent to which the layout is self-supporting. A stabilising foot is generally required at the beginning and end of a run of screens, and wherever there is a straight run of more than two screens. A stabilising half-foot can sometimes be used to avoid encroaching on walkways, or where an obstruction on one side of a screen precludes the use of a full foot (NB two stabilising half-feet cannot be fitted either side of a screen end post: use a full foot). A stabilising high visibility foot provides an alternative to a standard stabilising foot. All stabilising feet incorporate stepless height adjustment. A stabilising bracket can be used with desks in place of a stabilising foot, at the end of a screen run, where the final screen abuts the rear of a desk, fixed extension or storage unit and finishes flush with the end panel of the item concerned. We do not recommend a straight run of more than 4000mm without additional support from furniture or a screen linked at an angle of 90°.
SPA STABILISING FEET AND BRACKETS
SSF/M##
SSFHF/M##
SSFV/M##
Stabilising foot
Stabilising half-foot
Stabilising high-visibility foot
SSSBPE/M## Screen stabilising bracket (screws to edge of desk top)
LINKING FITTINGS Each screen is supplied with one flexible dumbell linking strip.
SCREENS
Rigid Linking Fittings These may be used in addition to linking strip where it is desired to lock two screens more rigidly together at 45°, 60°, 90° or in a straight line. 45° rigid linking bracket
60° rigid linking bracket
90° rigid linking bracket
SRL45/##
SRL60/##
SRL90/##
per pack of 5
per pack of 5
per pack of 5
Straight rigid linking bracket
SSRL/## per pack of 5
For monitor arms and stationery fittings that mount on slatwalls and accessory bars please see p.61.
Replace ## with frame colour or bracket colour: BK=Blacku SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc uBlack frames are not available on Wave screens Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes can be up to six characters, and listed on our screen fabric swatch cards under each fabric sample) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer.
80
Sven Price List January 2017
INTRODUCTION TO ALU SCREENS
Summary of variants Styles: Desk-Mounted, Solid Full-Height, Part Glazed, Fully Glazed and Change-Height Wave. Wire management options: • without wire management • with wire management at floor level • with wire management at desk height Details of Wire Management Wire management comprises high capacity trunking, internally subdivided into three cable channels along its base, with an additional cable raceway above providing a completely separate additional cable conduit. Access to the trunking is via hinged flaps on both sides of the screen. Power, data and comms sockets may be fitted internally at any point along the base of the trunking, and cables can exit the trunking at any point along its length. Screens with wire management at desk height incorporate a vertical cable riser at both ends, which allows cables to be routed up from floor level (plug removal may be required). Fire Resistance To achieve fire resistance to BS476 Part 7 Class 1 we can supply screens upholstered in FR treated fabric over fire retardent foam – POA. Finishes Frames, trunking, supporting feet and most other metal components are
available in Slate, Zinc or White. Shelves and counter tops are available in all our standard finishes. Glazing is Perspex®, in the following finishes: Clear, Clear Frosted, Arctic Blue Frosted, Glacier Green Frosted. Guidelines for specifying ALU screen installations 1. Identify codes for the screen widths, heights and types required. Screens used in conjunction with furniture should be specified to the exact size of the adjacent furniture. Custom width screens can be supplied on request – POA. 2. Select the fabric range. Replace the + at the end of the code with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes are listed on our screen fabric swatch cards). On glazed and part-glazed screens, replace the ** with the code for Perspex® finish. 3. Calculate the number of stabilising feet and/or brackets required. 4. Optional: specify any rigid linking fittings or infill posts desired. 5. Specify accessories: toolbars and toolbar accessories. 6. For wire managed screens: specify any cable link posts required. 7. For wire managed screens: specify any electrical socket blocks and leads required. NB Sockets are supplied separately for user fitting and need not be specified in relation to specific screens. Sockets are the same as those used in our desking cable trays. Important cautionary note regarding 1800mm wide screens Fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where limitations of the width of the fabric rolls mean fabric must run horizontally. This means that any pattern in the fabric on an 1800mm wide screen will mismatch any adjacent smaller screens. Even plain fabrics with no apparent pattern may appear a different colour/shade when upholstered in a different orientation. We list 1800mm wide screens because their use can substantially reduce costs in circumstances where otherwise two smaller screens would have to be used. However, specifiers should avoid using 1800mm screens in patterned fabrics and must be aware of the potential for perceived mismatch even with plain fabrics. We must advise that the only way to be absolutely certain of avoiding matching problems is to avoid the use of 1800mm wide screens – advice which holds true for screens from all manufacturers.
SCREENS
Overview ALU screens combine strength and versatility with exceptional cable handling capabilities. They feature a 65mm thick aluminium frame (finished in Slate or Zinc) which incorporates our innovative three-way linking system. This allows either linking at any angle using a flexible dumbell strip, or rigid linking at predetermined angles using steel brackets. Optional high capacity cable trunking can be specified at floor or desk height. The ALU screen system includes rectangular screens in fully upholstered, part-glazed and glazed variants, and fully upholstered wave-top screens, all offered in a wide range of heights and with accessory bars option. Screens may be specified with a double-sided three-channel slatwall that accepts monitor arms and other accessories – see p.61 for full details.
STANDARD FABRICS Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, L2, Lucia, Nexus, Racer
ELECTRICAL FITTINGS Electrical sockets may be fitted inside the wire management trunking of ALU screens (where specified). Please see p.60 for details.
ALU SCREENS: DESK-MOUNTED 340mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
Code K80033S/#S/D/+ K10033S/#S/D/+ K12033S/#S/D/+ K14033S/#S/D/+ K16033S/#S/D/+ K18033S/#S/D/+ K20033S/#S/D/+
No WM Delete ‘D’ in With integral Slatwall With WM the code Grp 1 Grp 2 Grp 1 Grp 2 add: /SW + + + + + + +
Brackets to mount ALU screen between the rear of two Ambus desks KSB/M## per pair Replace ## with the metal finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White
If slatwall and wire management are ordered together there will be no fabric surface. Replace # with frame colour: SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes listed on our screen fabric swatch cards) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer.
Sven Price List January 2017
81
ALU SCREENS: GLAZED DESK-MOUNTED – double-glazed with Frosted Perspex® 340mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm 2000mm
Code K80033G/#/** K10033G/#/** K12033G/#/** K14033G/#/** K16033G/#/** K18033G/#/** K20033G/#/**
Replace ** with the Perspex® panel finish code, as below:
With integral Slatwall add: /SW + + + + + + +
Perspex colours
Clear Clear Frosted
Brackets to mount ALU screen between the rear of two Ambus desks KSB/M## per pair
CG PC
Replace ## with the metal finish: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc WH=White
ALU SCREENS: SOLID FULL HEIGHT FREESTANDING – 1070, 1400 and 1565mm high
SCREENS
SOLID FULL HEIGHT, 1070mm high
Width 431mm 500mm 525mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code K43110 K50010 K52510 K55010 K80010 K10010 K12010 K12710 K14010 K14310 K16010 K16310 K18010
No WM add /#S/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at floor level add /#S/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at desk height add /#S/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
With integral Slatwall Add /SW + + + + + + + + + + + + +
WM at floor level add /#S/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at desk height add /#S/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
With integral Slatwall Add /SW + + + + + + + + + + + + +
WM at floor level add /#S/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at desk height add /#S/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
With integral Slatwall Add /SW + + + + + + + + + + + + +
SOLID FULL HEIGHT, 1400mm high
Width 431mm 500mm 525mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code K43114 K50014 K52514 K55014 K80014 K10014 K12014 K12714 K14014 K14314 K16014 K16314 K18014
No WM add /#S/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
SOLID FULL HEIGHT, 1565mm high
Width 431mm 500mm 525mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code K43115 K50015 K52515 K55015 K80015 K10015 K12015 K12715 K14015 K14315 K16015 K16315 K18015
No WM add /#S/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
Replace # with frame colour: SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes listed on our screen fabric swatch cards) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer.
82
Sven Price List January 2017
ALU SCREENS: SOLID FULL HEIGHT FREESTANDING – 1730 and 2060mm high
Width 431mm 500mm 525mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code K43117 K50017 K52517 K55017 K80017 K10017 K12017 K12717 K14017 K14317 K16017 K16317 K18017
No WM add /#S/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at floor level add /#S/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
n/a
n/a
n/a
WM at desk height add /#S/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
n/a
With integral Slatwall Add /SW + + + + + + + + + + + + +
SOLID FULL HEIGHT, 2060mm high
Width 431mm 500mm 525mm 550mm 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code K43120 K50020 K52520 K55020 K80020 K10020 K12020 K12720 K14020 K14320 K16020 K16320 K18020
No WM add /#S/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at floor level add /#S/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
n/a
n/a
WM at desk height add /#S/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
n/a
SCREENS
SOLID FULL HEIGHT, 1730mm high
With integral Slatwall Add /SW + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Replace # with frame colour: SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes listed on our screen fabric swatch cards) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer.
Sven Price List January 2017
83
ALU SCREENS: PART-GLAZED FREESTANDING – 1400, 1565, 1730 and 2060mm high, glazed above 917mm
SCREENS
PART-GLAZED, 1400mm high (glazed above 917mm) No WM WM at floor level add /#P/**/+ add /#P/**/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2 Grp 1 Grp 2 Width Code 431mm K43114 500mm K50014 525mm K52514 550mm K55014 800mm K80014 1000mm K10014 1200mm K12014 1273mm K12714 1400mm K14014 1431mm K14314 1600mm K16014 1631mm K16314 1800mm* K18014 PART-GLAZED, 1565mm high (glazed above 917mm) No WM WM at floor level add /#P/**/+ add /#P/**/F/+ Width Code Grp 1 Grp 2 Grp 1 Grp 2 431mm K43115 500mm K50015 525mm K52515 550mm K55015 800mm K80015 1000mm K10015 1200mm K12015 1273mm K12715 1400mm K14015 1431mm K14315 1600mm K16015 1631mm K16315 1800mm* K18015 PART-GLAZED, 1730mm high (glazed above 917mm) No WM WM at floor level add /#P/**/+ add /#P/**/F/+ Width Code Grp 1 Grp 2 Grp 1 Grp 2 431mm K43117 500mm K50017 525mm K52517 550mm K55017 800mm K80017 1000mm K10017 1200mm K12017 1273mm K12717 1400mm K14017 1431mm K14317 1600mm K16017 1631mm K16317 1800mm* K18017 PART-GLAZED, 2060mm high (glazed above 917mm) No WM WM at floor level add /#P/**/+ add /#P/**/F/+ Width Code Grp 1 Grp 2 Grp 1 Grp 2 431mm K43120 500mm K50020 525mm K52520 550mm K55020 800mm K80020 1000mm K10020 1200mm K12020 1273mm K12720 1400mm K14020 1431mm K14320 1600mm K16020 1631mm K16320 1800mm* K18020
WM at desk height add /#P/**/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at desk height add /#P/**/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at desk height add /#P/**/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at desk height add /#P/**/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
Replace ** with Perspex panel finish code, as below: Perspex colours Clear Clear Frosted
CG PC
Replace # with frame colour: SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes listed on our screen fabric swatch cards) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer.
84
Sven Price List January 2017
ALU SCREENS: WAVE FREESTANDING – change-height screens CHANGE HEIGHT, 1070mm-1400mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code K8001014 K1001014 K1201014 K1271014 K1401014 K1431014 K1601014 K1631014 K1801014
No WM add /#U/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at floor level add /#U/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at desk height add /#U/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at floor level add /#U/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
WM at desk height add /#U/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
CHANGE HEIGHT, 1400mm-1730mm high
Code K8001417 K1001417 K1201417 K1271417 K1401417 K1431417 K1601417 K1631417 K1801417
n/a
n/a
n/a
With Integral Slatwall add /SW + + + + + + + + +
n/a
CHANGE HEIGHT, 1730-2060mm high
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
Code K8001720 K1001720 K1201720 K1271720 K1401720 K1431720 K1601720 K1631720 K1801720
No WM add /#U/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
n/a
n/a
WM at floor level add /#U/F/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
n/a
WM at desk height add /#U/D/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
n/a
SCREENS
Width 800mm 1000mm 1200mm 1273mm 1400mm 1431mm 1600mm 1631mm 1800mm*
No WM add /#U/+ Grp 1 Grp 2
With Integral Slatwall add /SW + + + + + + + + +
Replace # with frame colour: SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc Replace + with fabric colour code (fabric colour codes listed on our screen fabric swatch cards) *Caution: fabric runs vertically on all screens except those 1800mm wide, where fabric width limitations mean fabric must run horizontally: beware possible pattern mismatch. Screen fabrics: Price Group 1: Camira Cara Price Group 2: Camira Blazer Lite, Lucia, Nexus, L2, Racer.
Sven Price List January 2017
85
ALU SCREENS – fittings for stabilising and linking ALU STABILISING FEET KSF/M##
As standard, all screens are supplied with levelling feet. The necessity for stabilising feet is dependant on the screen layout and the extent to which the layout is self-supporting. A stabilising foot is generally required at the begining and end of a run of screens, and wherever there is a straight run of more than two screens. All stabilising feet incorporate stepless height adjustment.
Stabilising half-foot (order two half-feet if a full foot is required)
A stabilising bracket can be used in place of a stabilising foot at the end of a screen run, where the final screen abuts the rear of a desk, fixed extension or storage unit and finishes flush with the end panel of the item concerned. We do not recommend a straight run of more than 4000mm without additional support from furniture or a screen linked at an angle of 90°.
ALU LINKING FITTINGS
ALU SCREEN STABILISING BRACKETS
DUMBELL LINKING STRIPS Each screen is supplied with one dumbell linking strip. Additional linking strips may be cut to length as required. 1730mm strip DL173/SL
ASSBPE/M## ALU screen stabilising bracket
RIGID LINKING BRACKETS These may be used in addition to linking strip where it is desired to lock two screens more rigidly together, either in a straight line or at 45°, 60° or 90°
SCREENS
KRBS/M## Straight rigid linking bracket per pack of 5
KRB45/M## 45° rigid linking bracket per pack of 5
KRB60/M## 60° rigid linking bracket per pack of 5
KRB90/M## 90° rigid linking bracket per pack of 5
ALU INFILL POSTS These may be used to infill the space between screen endposts, either to form an unbroken surface (e.g. when using screens to create a corridor), or where the linking of two screens with a third at a lower height results in an unsightly space. Wire managed screens require cable link posts when linked at an angle (see below), and these simultaneously serve the same purpose as an infill post: if different height screens are linked at an angle, then specify a link post equal to the height of the lowest screen and make up the difference between the lowest and highest screens by adding one of the infill posts: KIP01 – KIP06. Infills with height-levelling glides
KIP10/M##
KIP14/M##
KIP15/M##
KIP17/M##
KIP20/M##
Infill for 1070mm screens:
Infill for 1400mm screens:
Infill for 1565mm screens:
Infill for 1730mm screens:
Infill for 2060mm screens:
ALU CABLE LINK POSTS – for wire managed screens linked at an angle These may be used to infill the space between screen endposts, either to form an unbroken surface (e.g. when using screens to create a corridor). Wherever cables pass from one screen to another at an angle it is necessary to specify the appropriate cable link posts. These posts should be ordered to match the height of the screens and serve two purposes: they conceal the cables running between the screens and lock the angle of connection – necessary both for safety and to meet electrical standards. KLP45/10/M## 45°x1070mm
KLP45/14/M## 45°x1400mm
KLP45/15/M## 45°x1565mm
KLP45/17/M## 45°x1730mm
KLP45/20/M## 45°x2060mm
KLP60/10/M## 60°x1070mm
KLP60/14/M## 60°x1400mm
KLP60/15/M## 60°x1565mm
KLP60/17/M## 60°x1730mm
KLP60/20/M## 60°x2060mm
KLP90/10/M## 90°x1070mm
KLP90/14/M## 90°x1400mm
KLP90/15/M## 90°x1565mm
KLP90/17/M## 90°x1730mm
KLP90/20/M## 90°x2060mm
KLPT/10/M## T-junction x1070mm
KLPT/14/M## T-junction x1400mm
KLPT/15/M## T-junction x1565mm
KLPT/17/M## T-junction x1730mm
KLPT/20/M## T-junction x2060mm
KIP03/M##
KIP04/M##
KIP06/M##
330mm
495mm
660mm
Supplementary infills for wire managed screens
KIP01/M## 165mm
ALU SCREEN ACCESSORIES For monitor arms and stationery fittings that mount on slatwalls and accessory bars please see p.61.
Replace ## with metal finish: SL=Slate WH=White ZN=Zinc
86
Sven Price List January 2017
Modular Tables FINISH OPTIONS Modular Tables are offered as standard in Beech, Concrete, Macassar, Maple, Natural Oak, Natural Walnut, Wenge, White, Zebrano and Zebrano Sand MFC; and Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak and Wenge veneer. Please see p.6 for important notes about veneer and MFC finishes
EDGE
25mm Square Edge – in both MFC and veneer
FRAME OPTIONS All frames and legs available in Slate, Zinc and Chrome finishes, with the exception of Folding Tables which are only available in Slate and Zinc.
MODULAR TABLES
FLIPTOP TABLES QUICK-RELEASE MECHANISM Unlock a table top by simply pulling a single-handed catch. The top automatically locks firmly in place when returned to horizontal.
We offer two frame styles: an inverted “T” shape and an inverted “Y” shape. The “Y” shape offers the added convenience that a user at the end of a table can sit close to the surface and place their feet under the frame. “T” frames are fitted with glides or lockable 50mm diameter castors. “Y” frames are fitted with lockable 75mm diameter castors.
Please see important note about levelling tables fitted with castors on next page.
“T” frame on castors
“T” frame on glides
“Y” frame on castors
Sven Price List January 2017
87
FRAME OPTIONS – continued All frames and legs available in Slate, Zinc and Chrome finishes, with the exception of Folding Tables which are only available in Slate and Zinc.
SECTIONAL TABLES Sectional tables are fitted with Quick-fit round legs. For convenient storage, Quick-fit legs can be removed easily (without tools) and stowed using elasticated webbing strips fixed under the table top.
Quick-fit legs
Mobile Storage Trolley
FOLDING DESK Folding desks fold completely flat to minimise storage space when not in use. Folding is simple, carried out with the desks upright, and requires no tools. Desks may be carried individually or stacked. Frames incorporate cable management risers and horizontal pass-through ports.
MODULAR TABLES
Folding Desk frame
88
IMPORTANT NOTE REGARDING LEVELLING OF TABLES Tables are 735mm high AND fitted with 25mm tops. Tables fitted with glides may be adjusted in height to compensate for irregularities in the floor and manufacturing tolerances. Tables fitted with castors cannot be height adjusted. If the ability to level tops is desired, either specify tables fitted with glides or order linking plates when specifying tables with castors. Linking plate (1 per join)
TFLB
Linking plate
Sven Price List January 2017
TOP SHAPES FLIPTOP
600mm
700mm
Tops are available in rectangular, trapezoidal and D-end shapes, in a choice of widths and depths. Tops may be in 25mm MFC or veneer.
1800mm 1600mm
1200mm
700mm
1400mm
700mm
1800mm 1600mm 1400mm
1400mm
800mm
800mm
1400mm
800mm
1800mm 1600mm
800mm
800mm
1400mm
1600mm
1600mm
1800mm 1600mm
700mm
700mm
1400mm
700mm
700mm
700mm
700mm
700mm
Tops are available in rectangular, trapezoidal and D-end shapes (freestanding) shapes, in a choice of widths and depths. Tops may be in 25mm MFC, or 25mm or 38mm veneer.
1800mm 1600mm 1400mm
800mm
800mm
800mm
800mm
800mm
1400mm
800mm
800mm
1400mm
MODULAR TABLES
SECTIONAL
1600mm
1600mm
FOLDING
600mm
Tops offered are rectangular, D-end and 90° link. Tops are be in 25mm MFC or veneer.
1600mm 1400mm 1200mm
Sven Price List January 2017
89
FLIPTOP TABLES – T-frame
MODULAR TABLES
T-frame Rectangular Trapezoidal D-End T-frame
25mm top, square edge
1200x600mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1400x600mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1600x600mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1800x600mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1400x700mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1600x700mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1800x700mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1400x700mm trapezoidal Slate/Zinc/White Chrome Slate/Zinc/White 1400x700mm D-end Chrome Slate/Zinc/White 800x800mm square Chrome 1400x800mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1600x800mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1800x800mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1600x800mm trapezoidal Slate/Zinc/White Chrome Slate/Zinc/White 1600x800mm D-end Chrome
TF126/R/T~G/**/25S TF126/R/TCG/**/25S TF146/R/T~G/**/25S TF146/R/TCG/**/25S TF166/R/T~G/**/25S TF166/R/TCG/**/25S TF186/R/T~G/**/25S TF186/R/TCG/**/25S TF147/R/T~G/**/25S TF147/R/TCG/**/25S TF167/R/T~G/**/25S TF167/R/TCG/**/25S TF187/R/T~G/**/25S TF187/R/TCG/**/25S TF147/T/T~G/**/25S TF147/T/TCG/**/25S TF147/D/T~G/**/25S TF147/D/TCG/**/25S TF88/R/T~G/**/25S TF88/R/TCG/**/25S TF148/R/T~G/**/25S TF148/R/TCG/**/25S TF168/R/T~G/**/25S TF168/R/TCG/**/25S TF188/R/T~G/**/25S TF188/R/TCG/**/25S TF168/T/T~G/**/25S TF168/T/TCG/**/25S TF168/D/T~G/**/25S TF168/D/TCG/**/25S
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
To specify lockable 50mm castors instead of glides: change the G in the middle of the code to C: no cost option Linking plate (1 per join) may be used to link runs of tables rigidly together and to assist in the levelling of adjacent tops:
TFLB
MODESTY PANELS – to fit T-frame or Y-frame rectangular FlipTop tables Modesty panels 400mm deep are available to fit rectangular FipTop tables. Modesty panels are an independent component and may be fitted on installation or added later. Note: Fitting a modesty panel will reduce the knee room under the table to 443mm on a 600mm deep table, 493mm on a 700mm deep table and 543mm on an 800mm deep table, and the user sits on the side of the table opposite the release catch. Modesty panels are not compatible with hinged cable management flaps – you cannot fit both. Width 1200mm 1400mm 1600mm 1800mm
Code TFM12 TFM14 TFM16 TFM18
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Replace ~ with metal frame/leg finish required: S=Slate Z=Zinc W=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Beech Black Concrete
90
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
FLIPTOP TABLES – Y-frame
Y-frame Rectangular Trapezoidal D-End 25mm top, square edge
1200x600mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1400x600mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1600x600mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1800x600mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1400x700mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1600x700mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1800x700mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1400x700mm trapezoidal Slate/Zinc/White Chrome Slate/Zinc/White 1400x700mm D-end Chrome Slate/Zinc/White 800x800mm square Chrome 1400x800mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1600x800mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1800x800mm rectangular Slate/Zinc/White Chrome 1600x800mm trapezoidal Slate/Zinc/White Chrome Slate/Zinc/White 1600x800mm D-end Chrome
TF126/R/Y~M/**/25S TF126/R/YCM/**/25S TF146/R/Y~M/**/25S TF146/R/YCM/**/25S TF166/R/Y~M/**/25S TF166/R/YCM/**/25S TF186/R/Y~M/**/25S TF186/R/YCM/**/25S TF147/R/Y~M/**/25S TF147/R/YCM/**/25S TF167/R/Y~M/**/25S TF167/R/YCM/**/25S TF187/R/Y~M/**/25S TF187/R/YCM/**/25S TF147/T/Y~M/**/25S TF147/T/YCM/**/25S TF147/D/Y~M/**/25S TF147/D/YCM/**/25S TF88/R/Y~M/**/25S TF88/R/YCM/**/25S TF148/R/Y~M/**/25S TF148/R/YCM/**/25S TF168/R/Y~M/**/25S TF168/R/YCM/**/25S TF188/R/Y~M/**/25S TF188/R/YCM/**/25S TF168/T/Y~M/**/25S TF168/T/YCM/**/25S TF168/D/Y~M/**/25S TF168/D/YCM/**/25S
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
Y-frames on glides available to special order – POA. Linking plate (1 per join) may be used to link runs of tables rigidly together and to assist in the levelling of adjacent tops:
MODULAR TABLES
Y-frame
TFLB
HINGED CABLE MANAGEMENT FLAP and CABLE TRAY – for T-frame or Y-frame rectangular FlipTop tables The hinged flap option provides a one-size module with a hinged flap and cable tray under, incorporating an 850mm wide x 150mm deep back panel. Hinged flaps are available on 1200, 1400, 1600 and 1800mm rectangular tables. Hinged flaps are not compatible with modesty panels – you cannot fit both. Note: Fitting a hinged flap will reduce the knee room under the table by 140mm. To specify a hinged flap add /WF to the end of the table code and order the flap module below. Hinged flap 508 x 106mm
AF@T
➀
➂
Replace ~ with metal frame/leg finish required: S=Slate Z=Zinc W=White [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Beech Black Concrete
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
91
SECTIONAL TABLES
800mm and 900mm*
Leg profile
Square
700mm deep 700x700mm square 1400x700mm rectangular 1600x700mm rectangular 1800x700mm rectangular 1400x700mm trapezoidal 1400x700mm D-end 700x700mm 90° link*
Rectangular 25mm top, square edge TS77/R/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS147/R/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS167/R/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS187/R/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS147/T/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS147/D/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS77/L/Q~/**/25S ➀
Trapezoidal
D-End
Link
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
*Because of the flat on the inner corner, the link for 700mm tables measures 800mm for space planning purposes. 800mm deep 800x800mm square 1400x800mm rectangular 1600x800mm rectangular 1800x800mm rectangular 1600x800mm trapezoidal 1600x800mm D-end 800x800mm 90° link*
25mm top, square edge TS88/R/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS148/R/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS168/R/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS188/R/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS168/T/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS168/D/Q~/**/25S ➀ TS88/L/Q~/**/25S ➀
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
*Because of the flat on the inner corner, the link for 800mm tables measures 900mm for space planning purposes.
MODULAR TABLES
Linking plate (1 per join) to link runs of tables rigidly together, and assist in the levelling of adjacent tops TFLB
FOLDING DESKS
Leg profile
Rectangular
600mm deep 1200x600mm rectangular 1400x600mm rectangular 1600x600mm rectangular
25mm top, square edge TD126/R/M~/**/25S ➀ TD146/R/M~/**/25S ➀ TD166/R/M~/**/25S ➀
➂ ➂ ➂
Replace ~ with metal frame/leg finish required: S=Slate Z=Zinc W=White C=Chrome (chrome available on Sectional table legs only, at no additional charge) [+5%: RM=Raw Steel - Matt RG= Raw Steel - Gloss] Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: MFC finishes – Price Group ➀ Beech Black Concrete
92
BB BK CC
Macassar Maple Natural Oak
Veneer finishes – all Price Group ➂ MC GM NO
Natural Walnut Slate Wenge
WN White WH SL Zebrano ZB WG Zebrano Sand ZS
Cherry Light Oak Macassar Gold
Sven Price List January 2017
CY LO MG
Macassar Tan Maple Natural Cherry
MT Natural Walnut MA Smoked Oak CN Wenge
NW SO WE
Fulcrum & Fulcrum Pro ®
®
FULCRUM FINISH OPTIONS Fulcrum is offered in Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak and Wenge veneers. On items with solid timber edges we offer the additional option of combining a Maple veneer top with a contrasting Natural Walnut solid edge. Please note that where such an item has a combination of lipped and solid edges, only the solid edges will be in Natural Walnut.
FULCRUM EDGE OPTIONS Fulcrum is available with eight edge options: • • • • • •
a 36mm MDF edge in a tone complementing the selected top finish, with either radius or chamfer profile. a 36mm square lipped hardwood edge (3mm thick on straight edges and 1.5mm on curves). a 10mm square lipped hardwood edge (3mm thick on straight edges and 1.5mm on curves), chamfered underneath from 36mm. a 20mm x 36mm solid hardwood edge, square or radius profile. a 20mm x 50mm solid hardwood edge, square profile. a 50mm x 36mm solid hardwood edge, aero profile (available on tables only).
Fulcrum Pro has a square lipped edge. Reconfigurable tables with slot are available with radius MDF and radius solid edges only. Aero edges and 20 x 50mm square solid edges are available as standard (as listed) on a limited selection of items – on other items to special order.
EDGE PROFILES
Radius/MDF
Price group 1
Chamfer/MDF
Square/Lipped/Pro
Price group 1
Price group 2
Radius/Solid Square/Solid Aero/Solid*1 Price group 3
Price group 3
Price group 4
Thin edge (chamfer to 10mm) Price group 2
50mm Square/Solid*2 Price group 4
*1 Aero edge adds 60mm to the width and depth of tables, and 60mm to the width and 30mm to the depth of storage units. *2 Square/Solid edge is available on tables only.
FULCRUM HANDLE OPTIONS
Slim metal handle
Solid timber handle
Bar handle
Fulcrum Pro handle
FULCRUM CABLE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS All main desking work surfaces are supplied with matching veneered cable ports as standard. The wire management option adds Slate vertical cable risers to the inside of end panels. Cable trays and pass-through ports may also be specified. All cable management is accessible entirely from the user side of the desk. Meeting and conference tables may be fitted with lift-out tiles or hinged flaps over a cable tray, cable ports, flip-top socket housings or pop‑up sockets. Please see p.113-114 and p.59 for details.
Sven Price List January 2017
FULCRUM
Fulcrum is available with a choice of four handles: slim metal, solid timber, a bar and the Fulcrum Pro handle (solid timber + stainless steel). Solid timber handles are matched to the selected veneer.
93
Fulcrum CE ®
FULCRUM CE FINISH OPTIONS All panels are available in Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Walnut, Natural Cherry, Smoked Oak and Wenge veneers. Cladding and modesty panels are additionally available in White and Black high gloss lacquer. Desk tops are additionally available in Clear Glass, White Glass, Green Glass, Black Glass and Frosted Glass. Metal frames are available in White, Black and Polished Chrome.
FULCRUM CE HANDLE OPTIONS Handles options are Push latch (no handle, with push release), Recessed, Square and Bar.
Push latch
Recessed handle
Square handle
Bar handle
SPECIFYING FULCRUM CE Commonly, each of our products has a code that comprehensively specifies the product. In the case of Fulcrum CE the number of possible permutations and combinations is so high that the codes created using our normal coding system would became impractically long. Fulcrum CE must therefore be specified “in longhand”, listing down the specification required. We provide listings that give reminders of all the choices to be made and the options available.
Fulcrum
®
– all variants
PACKAGING, DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION
All Fulcrum desks, extensions and reconfigurable tables are supplied KD. Pedestals and storage units are supplied assembled. Conference table tops are supplied crated, with legs/bases packed separately. We strongly recommend that Fulcrum furniture is delivered and installed direct by Sven Christiansen.
IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT VENEERS We use wood veneers whose varying grain and figure emphasise the beauty and individuality of the wood. There will be natural variations in hue, grain and figure, and both knots and colouring arising from natural minerals in the wood. Maple may exhibit sugar marks, which can look almost like droplets of water: Cherry is likely to include some black gum marks. Walnut and Maple in particular have a directional nap, and may appear light from one side and yet dark if viewed from another side. All of these features, and more, are part of the character of a natural material.
FULCRUM
Our veneer selection process seeks to keep veneer variations within predetermined limits, but if you require face panels (tops, drawers and doors) to be matched on workstations or suites, this can be specified at point of order for a surcharge of 8%. Burr veneers are beautiful and distinctive, and are cut from unusual outgrowths on trees (or sometimes from the root bole). Burr veneers will feature natural imperfections that are an inherent part of their character. Matched orders must be placed on a workstation by workstation or suite by suite basis and accompanied by a layout drawing at point of order to enable us to match adjacent panels. Please note that some veneer variation is still inevitable: ‘matching’ simply seeks to further minimise the natural variation. Most veneers either lighten or darken on exposure to light. Should you add additional items at a later date, there may be an initial colour mismatch that should even out to some degree over a period of time. Exactly matching veneered items produced at different times can never be guaranteed. Finish colours printed in our literature or viewed on our website cannot be relied on for colour accuracy. Samples of all our finishes are available on request.
FULCRUM DIMENSIONS Dimensions are listed in the order Width x Depth x Height. All Fulcrum desks and tables are 748mm high.
94
Sven Price List January 2017
FULCRUM CE DESKS – attached to storage
Layout 2 (showing storage to left) Double door cupboard 3 drawer pedestal Double door cupboard Single door cupboard
Layout 3 (showing storage to left) Two wide filing drawers 3 drawer pedestal Double door cupboard Double door cupboard
DESK ON METAL FRAME, ATTACHED TO STORAGE Overall Storage to Storage to Desk size footprint user’s left: user’s right: Timber Glass (mm) (mm) Code Code top top* 1600x900 2035 x 2410 UD16AL1/M UD16AR1/M Layout 1 1800x900 2235 x 2410 UD18AL1/M UD18AR1/M 2000x900 2435 x 2410 UD20AL1/M UD20AR1/M
Layout 4 (showing storage to left) Double door cupboard 3 drawer pedestal Double door cupboard Double door cupboard
Addition Addition Addition for Chrome for for Modesty end frame locking push-latch panel UMPA16 UMPA18 UMPA20
Cable conduit UX16 UX18 UX20
1600x900 Layout 2 1800x900 2000x900
2035 x 2410 UD16AL2/M UD16AR2/M 2235 x 2410 UD18AL2/M UD18AR2/M 2435 x 2410 UD20AL2/M UD20AR2/M
UMPA16 UMPA18 UMPA20
UX16 UX18 UX20
1600x900 Layout 3 1800x900 2000x900
2035 x 2801 UD16AL3/M UD16AR3/M 2235 x 2801 UD18AL3/M UD18AR3/M 2435 x 2801 UD20AL3/M UD20AR3/M
UMPA16 UMPA18 UMPA20
UX16 UX18 UX20
1600x900 Layout 4 1800x900 2000x900
2035 x 2801 UD16AL4/M UD16AR4/M 2235 x 2801 UD18AL4/M UD18AR4/M 2435 x 2801 UD20AL4/M UD20AR4/M
UMPA16 UMPA18 UMPA20
UX16 UX18 UX20
Layout 1
Layout 2
DESK ON BOX BASE, ATTACHED TO Overall Desk size footprint (mm) (mm) 1600x900 2035 x 2410 Layout 1 1800x900 2235 x 2410 2000x900 2435 x 2410
STORAGE Storage to user’s left: Code UD16AL1/B UD18AL1/B UD20AL1/B
Layout 3
Storage to user’s right: Timber Glass Code top top UD16AR1/B UD18AR1/B UD20AR1/B
Layout 4
Addition Addition for for Modesty locking push-latch panel UMPA16 UMPA18 UMPA20
Cable conduit UX16 UX18 UX20
1600x900 Layout 2 1800x900 2000x900
2035 x 2410 UD16AL2/B UD16AR2/B 2235 x 2410 UD18AL2/B UD18AR2/B 2435 x 2410 UD20AL2/B UD20AR2/B
UMPA16 UMPA18 UMPA20
UX16 UX18 UX20
1600x900 Layout 3 1800x900 2000x900
2035 x 2801 UD16AL3/B UD16AR3/B 2235 x 2801 UD18AL3/B UD18AR3/B 2435 x 2801 UD20AL3/B UD20AR3/B
UMPA16 UMPA18 UMPA20
UX16 UX18 UX20
1600x900 Layout 4 1800x900 2000x900
2035 x 2801 UD16AL4/B UD16AR4/B 2235 x 2801 UD18AL4/B UD18AR4/B 2435 x 2801 UD20AL4/B UD20AR4/B
UMPA16 UMPA18 UMPA20
UX16 UX18 UX20
Notes and Options Chrome underframe*. If you specify a Clear Glass top and Chrome end frame you may also wish to specify Chrome Underframe to match as it will show through the Clear Glass. As standard underframes are White with White frames, Black with Black, or Chrome frames and box bases. Two timber cable ports (tops are not fitted with cable ports as standard). Cable routing through the cupboard on which the desk rests, comprising a matching cable port in the top, a central dividing panel with a shelf on each side and an open vented back. This enables a tower PC to be housed on one side and cables routed across a shelf located above. Cladding panel for the rear of the storage unit, if it is to be ‘on show’ (if combined with cable routing above add for cable pass-through port) Fridge fitted into the cupboard in front of the desk on layouts 3 and 4 (NB both cupboard doors must be opened when opening the fridge door) Spacing block 65 x 20 x 15mm, in solid Oak, to enable the fitting of clamp-on monitor arms to veneer desk tops (levels thin edge with top thickness) Storage units are 535mm deep and 700mm high. Storage comprising any combination of modules, in standard or custom widths, are available on request – prices on application. Cupboards include an adjustable shelf.
Sven Price List January 2017
FULCRUM CE
Layout 1 (showing storage to left) Two wide filing drawers 3 drawer pedestal Double door cupboard Single door cupboard
95
FULCRUM CE DESKS – attached to storage (compact layouts)
Layout 6 (showing storage to left) Single door cupboard 3 drawer pedestal Double door cupboard Single door cupboard DESK ON METAL FRAME, ATTACHED TO STORAGE Overall Storage to Storage to Desk size footprint user’s left: user’s right: Timber Glass (mm) (mm) Code Code top top* 1400x900 1835 x 2020 UD14AL6/M UD14AR6/M Layout 6 1600x900 2035 x 2020 UD16AL6/M UD16AR6/M 1800x900 2235 x 2020 UD18AL6/M UD18AR6/M
Addition Addition Addition for Chrome for for Modesty end frame locking push-latch panel
UMPA14 UMPA16 UMPA18
Cable conduit
UX14 UX16 UX18
Layout 6 DESK ON BOX BASE, ATTACHED TO Overall Desk size footprint (mm) (mm) 1400x900 1835 x 2020 Layout 6 1600x900 2035 x 2020 1800x900 2235 x 2020
STORAGE Storage to user’s left: Code
Storage to user’s right: Timber Glass Code top top
UD14AL6/B UD14AR6/B UD16AL6/B UD16AR6/B UD18AL6/B UD18AR6/B
Addition Addition for for Modesty locking push-latch panel
UMPA14 UMPA16 UMPA18
Cable conduit
UX14 UX16 UX18
Notes and Options
FULCRUM CE
Chrome underframe*. If you specify a Clear Glass top and Chrome end frame you may also wish to specify Chrome Underframe to match as it will show through the Clear Glass. As standard underframes are White with White frames, Black with Black, or Chrome frames and box bases. Two timber cable ports (as standard, tops are not fitted with cable ports). Cable routing through the cupboard on which the desk rests, comprising a matching cable port in the top, a central dividing panel with a shelf on each side and an open vented back. This enables a tower PC to be housed on one side and cables routed across a shelf located above. Cladding panel for the rear of the storage unit, if it is to be ‘on show’ (if combined with cable routing above add for cable pass-through port) Spacing block 65 x 20 x 15mm, in solid Oak, to enable the fitting of clamp-on monitor arms to veneer desk tops (levels thin edge with top thickness) Storage units are 535mm deep and 700mm high. Storage comprising any combination of modules, in standard or custom widths, are available on request – prices on application. Cupboards include an adjustable shelf.
96
Sven Price List January 2017
FULCRUM CE DESKS – attached to storage (compact layouts)
Layout 7 (showing storage to left) Single door cupboard 3 drawer pedestal CPU cupboard
DESK ON METAL FRAME, ATTACHED TO STORAGE Overall Storage to Storage to Desk size footprint user’s left: user’s right: Timber Glass (mm) (mm) Code Code top top* 1400x900 1835 x 2020 UD14AL7/M UD14AR7/M Layout 7 1600x900 2035 x 2020 UD16AL7/M UD16AR7/M 1800x900 2235 x 2020 UD18AL7/M UD18AR7/M
Addition Addition Addition for Chrome for for Modesty end frame locking push-latch panel
UMPA14 UMPA16 UMPA18
Cable conduit
UX14 UX16 UX18
Layout 7 DESK ON BOX BASE, ATTACHED TO Overall Desk size footprint (mm) (mm) 1400x900 1835 x 2020 Layout 7 1600x900 2035 x 2020 1800x900 2235 x 2020
STORAGE Storage to user’s left: Code
Storage to user’s right: Timber Glass Code top top
UD14AL7/B UD14AR7/B UD16AL7/B UD16AR7/B UD18AL7/B UD18AR7/B
Addition Addition for for Modesty locking push-latch panel
UMPA14 UMPA16 UMPA18
Cable conduit
UX14 UX16 UX18
FULCRUM CE
Notes and Options Chrome underframe*. If you specify a Clear Glass top and Chrome end frame you may also wish to specify Chrome Underframe to match as it will show through the Clear Glass. As standard underframes are White with White frames, Black with Black, or Chrome frames and box bases. Two timber cable ports (as standard, tops are not fitted with cable ports). Cable routing through the cupboard on which the desk rests, comprising a matching cable port in the top, a central dividing panel with a shelf on each side and an open vented back. This enables a tower PC to be housed on one side and cables routed across a shelf located above. Cladding panel for the rear of the storage unit, if it is to be ‘on show’ (if combined with cable routing above add for cable pass-through port) Spacing block 65 x 20 x 15mm, in solid Oak, to enable the fitting of clamp-on monitor arms to veneer desk tops (levels thin edge with top thickness) Storage units are 535mm deep and 700mm high. Storage comprising any combination of modules, in standard or custom widths, are available on request – prices on application. Cupboards include an adjustable shelf.
Sven Price List January 2017
97
FULCRUM CE DESKS – attached to storage (compact layouts)
Layout 8 (showing storage to left) Double door cupboard 3 drawer pedestal CPU cupboard
DESK ON METAL FRAME, ATTACHED TO STORAGE Overall Storage to Storage to Desk size footprint user’s left: user’s right: Timber Glass (mm) (mm) Code Code top top* 1400x900 1835 x 2020 UD14AL8/M UD14AR8/M Layout 8 1600x900 2035 x 2020 UD16AL8/M UD16AR8/M 1800x900 2235 x 2020 UD18AL8/M UD18AR8/M
Addition Addition Addition for Chrome for for Modesty end frame locking push-latch panel
UMPA14 UMPA16 UMPA18
Cable conduit
UX14 UX16 UX18
Layout 8 DESK ON BOX BASE, ATTACHED TO Overall Desk size footprint (mm) (mm) 1400x900 1835 x 2020 Layout 8 1600x900 2035 x 2020 1800x900 2235 x 2020
STORAGE Storage to user’s left: Code
Storage to user’s right: Timber Glass Code top top
UD14AL8/B UD14AR8/B UD16AL8/B UD16AR8/B UD18AL8/B UD18AR8/B
Addition Addition for for Modesty locking push-latch panel
UMPA14 UMPA16 UMPA18
Cable conduit
UX14 UX16 UX18
FULCRUM CE
Notes and Options Chrome underframe*. If you specify a Clear Glass top and Chrome end frame you may also wish to specify Chrome Underframe to match as it will show through the Clear Glass. As standard underframes are White with White frames, Black with Black, or Chrome frames and box bases. Two timber cable ports (as standard, tops are not fitted with cable ports). Cable routing through the cupboard on which the desk rests, comprising a matching cable port in the top, a central dividing panel with a shelf on each side and an open vented back. This enables a tower PC to be housed on one side and cables routed across a shelf located above. Cladding panel for the rear of the storage unit, if it is to be ‘on show’ (if combined with cable routing above add for cable pass-through port) Spacing block 65 x 20 x 15mm, in solid Oak, to enable the fitting of clamp-on monitor arms to veneer desk tops (levels thin edge with top thickness) Storage units are 535mm deep and 700mm high. Storage comprising any combination of modules, in standard or custom widths, are available on request – prices on application. Cupboards include an adjustable shelf.
98
Sven Price List January 2017
FULCRUM CE DESKS – attached to storage (compact layouts)
Layout 9 (showing storage to left) Two wide filing drawers 3 drawer pedestal CPU cupboard
DESK ON METAL FRAME, ATTACHED TO STORAGE Overall Storage to Storage to Desk size footprint user’s left: user’s right: Timber Glass (mm) (mm) Code Code top top* 1400x900 1835 x 2020 UD14AL9/M UD14AR9/M Layout 9 1600x900 2035 x 2020 UD16AL9/M UD16AR9/M 1800x900 2235 x 2020 UD18AL9/M UD18AR9/M
Addition Addition Addition for Chrome for for Modesty end frame locking push-latch panel
UMPA14 UMPA16 UMPA18
Cable conduit
UX14 UX16 UX18
Layout 9 DESK ON BOX BASE, ATTACHED TO Overall Desk size footprint (mm) (mm) 1400x900 1835 x 2020 Layout 9 1600x900 2035 x 2020 1800x900 2235 x 2020
STORAGE Storage to user’s left: Code
Storage to user’s right: Timber Glass Code top top
UD14AL9/B UD14AR9/B UD16AL9/B UD16AR9/B UD18AL9/B UD18AR9/B
Addition Addition for for Modesty locking push-latch panel
UMPA14 UMPA16 UMPA18
Cable conduit
UX14 UX16 UX18
FULCRUM CE
Notes and Options Chrome underframe*. If you specify a Clear Glass top and Chrome end frame you may also wish to specify Chrome Underframe to match as it will show through the Clear Glass. As standard underframes are White with White frames, Black with Black, or Chrome frames and box bases. Two timber cable ports (as standard, tops are not fitted with cable ports). Cable routing through the cupboard on which the desk rests, comprising a matching cable port in the top, a central dividing panel with a shelf on each side and an open vented back. This enables a tower PC to be housed on one side and cables routed across a shelf located above. Cladding panel for the rear of the storage unit, if it is to be ‘on show’ (if combined with cable routing above add for cable pass-through port) Spacing block 65 x 20 x 15mm, in solid Oak, to enable the fitting of clamp-on monitor arms to veneer desk tops (levels thin edge with top thickness) Storage units are 535mm deep and 700mm high. Storage comprising any combination of modules, in standard or custom widths, are available on request – prices on application. Cupboards include an adjustable shelf.
Sven Price List January 2017
99
HOW TO SPECIFY FULCRUM CE DESKS We include a Specification Checklist below. This sets out all the items that need to be specified and all the finish options applicable to each item. We also provide a checklist spreadsheet that automatically produces both a specification, price breakdown and total price. This is downloadable from our website at www.sven.co.uk, under Downloads/Price Lists. We strongly recommend that delivery and installation of Fulcrum CE is carried out direct by Sven Christiansen.
1. Code reference*
(as per price list)
2. Top size*
1600mm
1800mm
2000mm
3. Storage to user’s left or right
Left
Right
For Layouts 1, 2, 3 and 4 only.
4. End frame finish
Black
White
Chrome*
Metal frame desks only.
5. Box base finish
Cherry
Light Oak
Macassar Gold
Macassar Tan
Maple
Natural Cherry
Smoked Oak
Wenge
White Lacquer
Black Lacquer
Natural Walnut
Box base desks only 6. Top finish
7. Locking
8. Finish for storage unit cladding
Cherry
Light Oak
Macassar Gold
Macassar Tan
Maple
Natural Walnut
Natural Cherry
Smoked Oak
Wenge
Clear Glass*
White Glass*
Green Glass*
Black Glass*
Frosted Glass*
No
Yes*
For storage on Layouts 1, 2, 3 and 4 only: pedestals under desk tops are always locking.
Cherry
Light Oak
Macassar Gold
Macassar Tan
Maple
Natural Cherry
Smoked Oak
Wenge
White Lacquer
Black Lacquer
Natural Walnut
For Layouts 1, 2, 3 and 4 only. 9. Finish for doors/drawer fronts
Cherry
Light Oak
Macassar Gold
Macassar Tan
Maple
Natural Walnut
Smoked Oak
Wenge
White Lacquer
Black Lacquer
Recessed
Push latch*
Natural Cherry
For Layouts 1, 2, 3 and 4 only 10. Style of handles
Bar
Square
Not applicable to desks without pedestals. 11. Modesty panel
(none)
Cherry
Light Oak
Macassar Gold
Macassar Tan
Maple
Natural Walnut
Natural Cherry
Smoked Oak
Wenge
White Lacquer
Black Lacquer
FULCRUM CE
Optional*, except on freestanding desks without pedestals on which a modesty panel is standard. 12. Cable conduit
No
Yes*
13. Underframe finish
Black
White
Chrome*#
Default is White with White frames and Black with Black or Chrome frames and box bases. # If you specify a Clear Glass top and a Chrome end frame you may also wish to specify a Chrome underframe to match as the underframe will show through the Clear Glass. 14. Timber cable ports
No
Yes*
Timber tops only
15. Cable routing through cupboard
No
Yes*
Layouts 1, 2, 3 and 4 only. If not selected, to route cables to desktop consider ordering a cable spine – see price list p.59.
16. Fridge
No
Yes*
17. Cladding for rear of storage
For Layouts 3 and 4 only. Fridge dimensions 422mm x 596mm x 578mm.
No
Yes*
For Layouts 1, 2, 3 and 4 only. If combined with ‘Cable routing through cupboard’ specify cable pass-through port.
No
Yes*
For fitting a desk clamp monitor arm.
No
Silver*
Black*
18. Mounting block for monitor arm 19. Separate cable spine
* All items with asterisk affect the price.
100
Sven Price List January 2017
White*
See p.59.
FULCRUM CE DESKS – without pedestals (modesty panel included) FREESTANDING, BOX BASES Size (mm) Code 1600x900 UD16/B 1800x900 UD18/B 2000x900 UD20/B
Cable Timber top Glass top* conduit UX16 UX18 UX20
CE DESKS – single pedestal FREESTANDING, SINGLE Addition Addition PEDESTAL, METAL FRAME for Chrome for Modesty Size (mm) Code Timber top Glass top* end frame push-latch panel 1600x900 UD16S/M UMPS16 1800x900 UD18S/M UMPS18 2000x900 UD20S/M UMPS20 Metal end frames are White or Black as standard. Chrome available at additional cost as listed below. FREESTANDING, SINGLE PEDESTAL, BOX BASE Size (mm) Code 1600x900 UD16S/B 1800x900 UD18S/B 2000x900 UD20S/B
Addition for Modesty Timber top Glass top* push-latch panel UMPS16 UMPS18 UMPS20
Cable conduit UX16 UX18 UX20
Cable conduit UX16 UX18 UX20
Pedestals have three drawers and are locking as standard. Single pedestal desks may be assembled left or right handed.
CE DESKS – double pedestal FREESTANDING, DOUBLE PEDESTAL Size (mm) Code 1600x900 UD16D 1800x900 UD18D 2000x900 UD20D
Addition for Modesty Timber top Glass top* push-latch panel UMPD16 UMPD18 UMPD20
Cable conduit UX16 UX18 UX20
Pedestals are locking as standard. Three and four drawer pedestals may be positioned left/right as desired. Notes and Options Chrome underframe*. If you specify a Clear Glass top and Chrome end frame you may also wish to specify Chrome underframe to match as it will show through the Clear Glass. As standard underframes are White with White frames, Black with Black, or Chrome frames and box bases. Two timber cable ports (as standard, tops are not fitted with cable ports) Spacing block 65 x 20 x 15mm, in solid Oak, to enable the fitting of clamp-on monitor arms to veneer desk tops (levels thin edge with top thickness)
HOW TO SPECIFY FULCRUM CE DESKS Please see the Specification Checklist on the preceding page.
CE CONFERENCE AND COFFEE TABLES Conference tables and coffee tables to match Fulcum CE are listed within the tables section of this price list (p.108-117): simply specify Thin Edge (TE) to match the Fulcrum CE tops. White and Black lacquer finishes are available on Wing and Box bases, and on reconfigurable table bases, in addition to the veneers common to both Fulcrum and Fulcrum CE.
FULCRUM CE
HOW TO SPECIFY FULCRUM CE STORAGE We include a Specification Checklist below. This sets out all the items that need to be specified and all the finish options applicable to each item. We strongly recommend that delivery and installation of Fulcrum CE is carried out direct by Sven Christiansen.
1. Code, height and width*
(As per price list. Deduct cost of cladding not needed on adjacent units.)
2. Locking
No
Yes*
3. Finish for storage unit cladding
Cherry
Light Oak
Macassar Gold
Macassar Tan
Maple
4. Finish for doors/drawer fronts
Natural Walnut
Smoked Oak
Wenge
White Lacquer
Black Lacquer
5. Style of handles
Bar
Square
Recessed
Push latch*
6. Storage fittings*
Natural Cherry
(see p.103)
7. Fridge
No
Yes*
8. Cladding for rear of storage
No
Yes*
* All items with asterisk affect the price.
Sven Price List January 2017
101
FULCRUM CE STORAGE UNITS (see previous page for guidance on specifying)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Storage units 535mm deep
6.
7.
1000mm wide (nominal*) Code
Configuration
Code
800mm
Double doors
US8A
US810A
Two file drawers
US8D
US810D
Double doors
US12A
US1210A
Three file drawers
US12E
US1210E
Double doors
US16A
US1610A
6
Double doors with glass doors over
US16E
US1610E
7
Two file drawers with glass doors over
US16B
US1610B
2 3
1200mm
4 5
1600mm
Price
Double doors
US20A
US2010A
9
Double doors with glass doors over
US20D
US2010D
10
Three file drawers with glass doors over
US20K
US2010K
8
2000mm
9.
800mm wide (nominal*)
Height (mm) 1
8.
Price
Addition for locking
10. Addition for push-latch
Cladding All units are priced with cladding on both sides and across the top, for use freestanding individually. Where units of the same height are placed side by side, cladding is not needed between them and a common top is fitted. Where units of different height are placed side by side, part-cladding is needed on the side of the higher unit. When ordering storage units that are to be placed side by side it is essential to include a list of the codes in the desired order left to right, so we can supply the correct cladding panels. Where units abut please list the codes in order left to right, and deduct the appropriate amount(s) as listed in the table below. For each combination of adjacent units, deduct the amount listed. 800mm
next to
800mm
-
1200mm
next to
1200mm
-
1600mm
next to
1600mm
-
800mm
next to
1200mm
-
1200mm
next to
1600mm
-
1600mm
next to
2000mm
-
800mm
next to
1600mm
-
1200mm
next to
2000mm
-
2000mm
next to
2000mm
-
800mm
next to
2000mm
-
FULCRUM CE
Storage Fittings and Fridge For storage fittings please see p.103. A fridge may be fitted to 800mm high double door cupboards at a cost of Note that on 800mm wide cupboards both door must be opened to access the fridge. By default fridges are fitted on the right hand side of the cupboard. Fridge dimensions 422mm x 596mm x 578mm. Rear cladding – optional, for the rear of storage units, if they are going to be ‘on show’ Height (mm)
800mm wide (nominal*)
1000mm wide (nominal*)
800
USRC8
USRC810
1200
USRC12
USRC1210
1600
USRC16
USRC1610
2000
USRC20
USRC2010
* Carcasses are 783mm (nominal 800mm) and 983mm (nominal 1000mm) wide respectively. Cladding adds 12mm per side.
i
102
All Fulcrum CE storage units are supplied part built for final assembly on site.
Sven Price List January 2017
RECTANGULAR DESKS Size 1600x850
Code
Cable handling Price
LD16/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX16
Cable tray
1800x850
LD18/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX18
2000x850
LD20/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX20
Size 1800x1050
Code
Cable handling Price
LDB18/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX18
2000x1050
LDB20/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX20
BOW-FRONT DESK Cable tray
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) add /W to end of code To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) add /P to end of code
+ +
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side.
CORNER DESKS
L - Left handed
Size
Code
Cable handling Price
1600x1200/850
LC16L(R)/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX14 (front) AXC/SL (side)
Cable tray
1800x1200/850
LC18L(R)/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX16 (front) AXC/SL (side)
2000x1200/850
LC20L(R)/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX18 (front) AXC/SL (side)
Size
Code
Cable handling Price
1800x1400/1050
LCB18L(R)/**/~~ Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX16 (front) AXC/SL (side)
2000x1400/1050 LCB20L(R)/**/~~ Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX18 (front) AXC/SL (side)
R - Right handed
BOW-FRONT CORNER DESKS
L - Left handed
Cable tray
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) add /W to end of code To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) add /P to end of code
+ +
FULCRUM
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side. R - Right handed
Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels are additionally available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
103
FREESTANDING RETURNS – for use with corner desks only Cable tray
G
Size
L - Left handed
Code
Cable handling
Price
1000x558/850 LWRL(R)/**/~~
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX10
800x558
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX8
R - Right handed
G
LR/**/~~
To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side. Recessed panels may not be fitted to the 850mm deep end of wave extensions.
PEDESTALS – for standard Fulcrum. (For pedestals for use with Fulcrum Professional please see p.107.) Size (mm)
G G
Code
Price
431x558x748 Freestanding, desk height 2 drawers + filing drawer
Description
LEP3T/**/~~/++
➀
➁
➂
431x558x748 Freestanding, desk height 4 drawers
LEP4T/**/~~/++
➀
➁
➂
★ 431x625x655 Freestanding, medium height LFP3T/**/++ ➀ n/a ➁ ➂ n/a 2 drawers + filing drawer To specify castors insert /M before finish code (M/**): +
★
431x625x655 Freestanding, medium height LFP4T/**/++ ➀ n/a ➁ ➂ n/a 4 drawers To specify castors insert /M before finish code (M/**): +
★ ★
G
G
431x576x460 Fixed, 1 drawers + filing drawer
LP2T/**/++
➀ n/a
➁
➂ n/a
431x576x460 Fixed, 3 drawers
LP3T/**/++
➀ n/a
➁
➂ n/a
431x850x748 Freestanding, desk height, LDDP3T/**/~~/++ desk depth, 2 drawers + filing drawer
➀
➁
➂
LDDP4T/**/~~/++
➀
➁
➂
431x850x748 Freestanding, desk height, desk depth, 4 drawers
FULCRUM
Pedestals have timber clad drawers fitted with heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners as standard. Pentray included. Maple drawer interiors are available to special order, POA. Handles: replace /++ with the cdesired handle code: see bottom of page. Pedestals cannot be used underneath returns. ★Medium height and fixed pedestals do not have feature edges. Note: Standard Fulcrum Pedestals are not compatible with Fulcrum Professional. For Professional pedestals please see p.107. Top grain direction as indicated. To rotate the grain direction 90° from standard add suffix “X” to the end of the finish code (e.g. LDDP3T/++/**X/~~). Applicable to desk height units only. Front-to-back Side-to-side G G
Replace ++ with handle code: HS=Slim Metal Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
HP=Fulcrum Professional + per handle
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels are additionally available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
104
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
CONFERENCE EXTENSIONS – fit to 850mm end panels L - Left handed
R - Right handed
LTE2L(R)/MC/**/~~/M## 1200mm diameter ➀ ➁ ➂
Column bases (CB) are veneered to match the top. Metal columns (MC) are steel and must be specified Slate or Zinc. Replace ## with the desired metal colour: SL=Slate ZN=Zinc. The ‘handing’ of conference extensions is designated from the perspective of the user. By default, LTE extensions swell away from the user: LEL and LER extensions curve back towards the user. However, you may specify a right hand extension and fit it to the left of the desk if you wish to create a different configuration.
LTE2L(R)/CB/**/~~ 1200mm diameter ➀ ➁ ➂
RECEPTION DESKS – with full depth, front-fixed or inset modesty panel, including stainless steel kickstrip All 748mm high Size
Code
Cable handling
Price
800x850
LUD8F/**/~~/KPS
Cable ports
➀
Cable Tray
➁
➂
AX8
1000x850
LUD10F/**/~~/K#
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX10
1200x850
LUD12F/**/~~/KPS
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX12
1400x850
LUD14F/**/~~/KPS
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX14
1600x850
LUD16F/**/~~/KPS
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX16
1800x850
LUD18F/**/~~/KPS
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX18
2000x850
LUD20F/**/~~/KPS
Cable ports
➀
➁
➂
AX20
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) add /W to end of code To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) add /P to end of code
+ +
To specify modesty panel inset by 500mm (for enhanced wheelchair access) add “D” after the “F” at the end of the main code: no charge. This option is not available in combination with wire management or power handling and results in restricted knee space on the user side. To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side. Recessed panels cannot be specified on desks with 500mm inset modesty panels. Recessed panels on reception desks are fitted with pass-through ports as standard.
FULCRUM
Modesty panels of reception desks may be specified with veneer inlay, including a company logo and/or text in veneer, stained to a range of colours. POA.
Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels are additionally available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
105
RECEPTION DESKS – with full depth, front-fixed modesty panel, including Polished Stainless Steel kickstrip Size
Code
1500mm convex LUD90CXF/**/~~/KPS radius 90° desk
Radius 90° link base
Cable handling
Price
–
➀
➁
➂
➀
➁
➂
–
LUL90RF/**/~~/KPS
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) add /W to end of code + To specify Power Handling (vertical risers and pass-through ports) add /P to end of code + To specify Recessed End Panels insert the following codes after the finish code: /LP for left panel + /RP for right panel + /BP for both panels + Recessed panels should only be fitted if the desk is linked to a supporting unit on at least one side. Recessed panels on reception desks are fitted with pass-through ports as standard. Modesty panels of reception desks may be specified with veneer inlay, including a company logo and/or text in veneer, stained to a range of colours. POA.
To enable us to select veneers of similar structure and colour on adjacent reception components please supply a layout drawing of each complete reception at point of order.
ACCESS GATES – with hinged top and door, to fit between reception desk and a wall. Including stainless steel kickstrip Size
Code
Price
800x850x748mm
LUD8AG/**/~~/KPS
➀
➁
➂
Orders for access gates must be accompanied by a layout drawing. Access gates must be wall-fixed (installation and wall-fixings not included)
RECEPTION PEDESTALS – including Polished Stainless Steel kickstrip (for standard pedestals please see p.94) G
FULCRUM
G
G
Size (mm)
Description
Code
Price
431x850x748 Freestanding, desk height, desk LUDDP2T/++/**/~~/KPS depth, 2 filing drawers
➀
➁
➂
431x850x748 Freestanding, desk height, desk LUDDP3T/++/**/~~/KPS depth, 2 drawers + filing drawer
➀
➁
➂
431x850x748 Freestanding, desk height, desk LUDDP4T/++/**/~~/KPS depth, 4 drawers
➀
➁
➂
Pedestals have timber clad drawers fitted with heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners as standard. Pentray included. Handles: replace /++ with the desired handle code: see bottom of page. Top grain direction as indicated. To rotate the grain direction 90° from standard add suffix “X” to the end of the finish code (e.g. LUDDP3T/++/**X/~~). Applicable to desk height units only. Front-to-back Side-to-side G G
Replace ++ with handle code: HS=Slim Metal Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
HP=Fulcrum Professional + per handle
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels are additionally available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
106
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
STRAIGHT DESKOVERS (internal dimensions: 370mm deep x 375mm high) Size (mm)
Code
Price
431x450x413 800x450x413 1000x450x413 1200x450x413 1400x450x413 1600x450x413 1800x450x413
LUDO4/**/~~ LUDO8/**/~~ LUDO10/**/~~ LUDO12/**/~~ LUDO14/**/~~ LUDO16/**/~~ LUDO18/**/~~ LUDO20/**/~~
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
2000x450x413
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
To Fit LUDDP2/3/4 LUD8F or larger LUD10F or larger LUD12F or larger LUD14F or larger LUD16F or larger LUD18F or larger LUD20F or larger
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
STRAIGHT DESKOVERS – with D-ended tops
D-end left
D-end right
Size (mm)
Code
800x450x413
D-end Left: LUDO8/DL/**/~~ D-end Right: LUDO8/DR/**/~~ D-end Left: LUDO10/DL/**/~~ D-end Right: LUDO10/DR/**/~~ D-end Left: LUDO12/DL/**/~~ D-end Right: LUDO12/DR/**/~~ D-end Left: LUDO14/DL/**/~~ D-end Right: LUDO14/DR/**/~~ D-end Left: LUDO16/DL/**/~~ D-end Right: LUDO16/DR/**/~~ D-end Left: LUDO18/DL/**/~~ D-end Right: LUDO18/DR/**/~~ D-end Left: LUDO20/DL/**/~~ D-end Right: LUDO20/DR/**/~~
1000x450x413 1200x450x413 1400x450x413
Left and right from the user’s perspective, i.e. from behind the desk
1600x450x413
1800x450x413 2000x450x413
Price
To Fit
➀
➁
➂
LUD8F or larger
➀
➁
➂
LUD10F or larger
➀
➁
➂
LUD12F or larger
➀
➁
➂
LUD14F or larger
➀
➁
➂
LUD16F or larger
➀
➁
➂
LUD18F or larger
➀
➁
➂
LUD20F or larger
These D-ended tops overhang the endpanels. Each D-end adds 225mm to the nominal width.
RADIUS DESKOVERS Size
Code
Price
To Fit
Radius 90° – LUDO90R/**/~~ ➀ 950 rad. x 413mm 1500mm convex radius 90° – LUDO90CX/**/~~ ➀ 1500 rad. x 413mm 1500mm convex radius 42°– LUDO42CX/**/~~ ➀ 1500 rad. x 413mm
➁
➂
LUL90F
➁
➂
LUD90CXF
➁
➂
½ LUD90CXF
RADIUS DESKOVERS – with D-ended tops Size
Code
Price
Radius 90°
Left: LUDO90R/DL/**/~~ Right: LUDO90R/DR/**/~~
➀
➁
➂
LUL90F
1500mm convex radius 90°
Left: LUDO90CX/DL/**/~~ ➀ Right: LUDO90CX/DR/**/~~
➁
➂
LUD90CXF
1500mm convex radius 42°
Left: LUDO42CX/DL/**/~~ ➀ Right: LUDO42CX/DR/**/~~
➁
➂
½ LUD90CXF
FULCRUM
To Fit
These D-ended tops overhang the endpanels by 225mm.
Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels are additionally available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
107
GLASS SHELVES FOR RECEPTION DESKS – with rectangular and D-ends and perforated stainless steel back panel Size (mm) 431x300x212
800x300x212
1000x300x212
1200x300x212
1400x300x212
Code Rectangular both ends D-end left or right (reversible) D-end both ends Rectangular both ends D-end left or right (reversible) D-end both ends Rectangular both ends D-end left or right (reversible) D-end both ends Rectangular both ends D-end left or right (reversible) D-end both ends Rectangular both ends D-end left or right (reversible) D-end both ends
1600x300x212 D-end left or right (reversible) D-end both ends 1800x300x212 D-end left or right (reversible) D-end both ends 2000x300x212 90°x300x212
90° link D-end left (right) D-end both 1500 convex radius 45° D-end left (right) D-end both
LGS4M/MPS LGS4MD/MPS LGS4MDB/MPS LGS8M/MPS LGS8MD/MPS LGS8MDB/MPS LGS10M/MPS LGS10MD/MPS LGS10MDB/MPS LGS12M/MPS LGS12MD/MPS LGS12MDB/MPS LGS14M/MPS LGS14MD/MPS LGS14MDB/MPS LGS16M/MPS LGS16MD/MPS LGS16MDB/MPS LGS18M/MPS LGS18MD/MPS LGS18MDB/MPS LGS20M/MPS LGS90RM/MPS LGS90RMDL(R)/MPS LGS90RMDB/MPS LGS45CXM/MPS LGS45CXMDL(R)/MPS LGS45CXMDB/MPS
Price
To Fit LUDDP2/3/4
LUD8F or larger
LUD10F or larger
LUD12F or larger
LUD14F or larger
LUD16F or larger
LUD18F or larger
LUD20F or larger LUL90F
½ LUD90CXF (one or two of these shelves can be fitted to a 90° convex radius desk)
FULCRUM
Please specify the hand of D-ended shelves from the perspective of a receptionist sitting behind the desk. A drawing MUST be provided with order to indicate the desired mounting position of glass shelves. Glass shelves may be custom etched with company logos/text – POA.
108
Sven Price List January 2017
STORAGE UNITS – supplied without shelves or internal fittings except where indicated IMPORTANT NOTES: STORAGE UNITS • All 1738mm and 2068mm high storage units are fitted with one matching shelf as an aid to structural stability in transit and use. It is necessary for this shelf to be fitted as close to the centre of the storage unit as possible. All other storage units (except where specified) are priced empty: required internal fittings must be specified. • All panel doors and tambour doors are fitted with locks. Glass doors are non‑locking and supplied bronze tinted as standard. • Filing drawers comprise Maple-veneered box drawers for A4/foolscap suspended filing with a drawer front attached. Unless specified, filing drawers are not locking. • All desk height storage units (except vertical tambour LS7/T) accept two rows of A4 lever arch files measuring 315mm high x 285mm deep or less. • Storage units supplied assembled except where indicated. Any 800mm or 1000mm storage unit may be supplied KD for an additional charge of
HANDLE OPTIONS – Pedestals & Storage units Storage units, pedestals and filing cabinets can be fitted with any of four handle styles: bar, slim metal, timber (matching veneer finish) and Professional (matching veneer+Polished Stainless). IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTE When fitting roll-out filing frames or drawers in storage/tambour units, for safety and stability reasons ALWAYS fit and load starting at the very bottom of the unit. ALWAYS fully load the lower filing frame or drawer before starting to load the frame above and NEVER fit more than three roll-out frames or drawers in a storage unit. NEVER pull out more than one frame/drawer at a time. Anti-tilt cable kits are available as an optional extra at point of purchase – see p.105 for prices. When installing storage units it is advisable to ‘set’ the unit so that it is leaning slightly backwards, to ensure that fittings cannot roll out unintentionally. For stability reasons we do not recommend fitting roll-out filing frames behind double doors on desk height units: if this specification is required it should be ordered as a ‘special’ with counterbalance weights and anti-tilt cables.
FILING CABINETS G
G G
Four drawer filing cabinet, locking
Three drawer filing cabinet, locking
Two drawer filing cabinet, locking
LFC4/**/~~/++
LFC3/**/~~/++
LFC2/**/~~/++
500x558x1408mm
500x558x1078mm
500x558x748mm
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
Filing cabinet drawers incorporate rails for foolscap suspension files running front-to-back.
Veneer Grain Option
G
As standard, veneer grain runs front-to-back, as indicated. To specify grain running side-to-side, add suffix “X” to the end of the finish code (e.g. LFC2/**X/~~/++).
CREDENZA AND STACKING BOOKCASE UNITS WITH FLYOVER TOPS
1040x533x748mm
1040x450x990mm
1471x533x748mm
1471x450x990mm
LZ710A/**/~~/++ Double doors, empty*
LBZ910G/**/~~ Non-locking glass doors and two adjustable glass shelves
LZ714A/**/~~/++ Doors to left and right, two shallow and one deep drawer to centre. Cupboards each fitted one adjustable shelf.
LBZ914G/**/~~ Non-locking glass doors, four small glass shelves and two small timber shelves
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➂ ➃
➂ ➃
➂ ➃
➂
LZ710AR/**/~~/++ Double doors, with central division, fridge to right, adjustable shelf to left
LBZ910GL/**/~~ Locking glass doors and two adjustable glass shelves
LZ714AR/**/~~/++ Fridge behind right door, adjustable shelf behind left door.
LBZ914GL/**/~~ Locking glass doors, four small glass shelves and two small timber shelves
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➂ ➃
➂ ➃
➂ ➃
➂ ➃
FULCRUM
* Accepts fittings for 1000mm wide units
➃
LZ714RA/**/~~/+ Fridge behind left door, adjustable shelf behind right door. ➀ ➁ ➂ ➃
Fridge dimensions 422mm x 596mm x 578 mm
Replace ++ with handle code: HS=Slim Metal Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
LZ714 units are fitted with Maple drawers. Fittings for LZ714: LBH Bottle holder LCT Cutlery tray Fits deep drawer Fits shallow drawer HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
LRS/** Small roll-out shelf HP=Fulcrum Professional + per handle Price Group ➃ AS=Aero Solid
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
109
CREDENZA UNITS – 1489mm wide. With optional fridge. (Supplied without shelves or internal fittings except where indicated.) G
G
1489x558x748mm
1489x558x748mm
LS714AA/**/~~/++ Double timber doors to left and single door (fitted shelf) to right
LS714DA/**/~~/++ Filing drawers to left locking and single timber door (fitted shelf) to right
➀ ➁ ➂ ➃
➀ ➁ ➂ ➃
LS714/AR/**/~~/++ Double timber doors to left and single door with fridge behind to right
LS714/DR/**/~~/++ Filing drawers to left, locking and single door with fridge behind to right
➀ ➁ ➂ ➃
➀ ➁ ➂ ➃
Double door sections supplied empty, allowing specification of any internal fittings for 1000mm wide units (see p.103). Where single door cupboards are not specified with a fridge, a single adjustable shelf is included as standard. Fridge dimensions 422mm x 596mm x 578mm.
Hardened and toughened 10mm Clear Glass top (1489 mm wide) on 60mm high Polished Stainless Steel columns. Add /GT to the end of the code
CREDENZA UNITS – 1600mm wide. (Supplied without shelves or internal fittings except where indicated.) 2 x 2 - module (1600x558x748mm) – supplied part built in 3 parts, i.e. 2 base units & 1 single top G
G
G
G
1600x558x748mm
1600x558x748mm
1600x558x748mm
1600x558x748mm
LS716AA/**/~~/++ Two pairs of wood doors
LS716AD/**/~~/++ Wood doors, 2 filing drawers locking
LS716DA/**/~~/++ 2 filing drawers locking, wood doors
LS716DD/**/~~/++ Four filing drawers locking
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➂ ➃
➂ ➃
➂ ➃
➂ ➃
Hardened and toughened 10mm Clear Glass top (1600 mm wide) on 60mm high Polished Stainless Steel columns. Add /GT to the end of the code.
BOOKCASES (FOR STACKING) – 800 and 1600mm wide (shelves not included – to be ordered separately)
FULCRUM
Bookcases may be fitted on top of 2-module or 3-module storage units, giving overall heights of 1738mm and 2068mm respectively.
800x450x990mm
800x450x990mm
1600x450x990mm
1600x450x990mm
LB9/**/~~ Open front, empty
LB9G/**/~~ Glass doors, empty
LB916/**/~~ Open front, empty
LB916G/**/~~ Glass doors, empty
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
1000x450x990mm
(1600mm wide units are supplied part built)
LB910/**/~~
Bookcase shelf (800mm)
➀ ➁ ➂
Bookcase shelf (1000mm) 18mm YBS10/** 25mm YBS1025/**
Replace ++ with handle code: HS=Slim Metal Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
18mm YBS/** 25mm YBS25/**
HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
HP=Fulcrum Professional + per handle
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels (except tambours) also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
110
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
STORAGE UNITS – 800 and 1000mm wide. (Supplied without shelves or internal fittings except where indicated.) 2 - module (800x558x748mm and 1000mmx558x748mm) G
G
G
G
G
Fridge fitted units must be set 40mm away from a wall to allow for ventilation. Suitable spacers supplied. Fridge 422mm x 596mm x 578mm fitted to right as standard.
LS7D/**/~~/ ++ 800mm wide Two filing drawers, locking
LS7T/**/~~/++ 800mm wide Tambour door
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➂
➂
LS710A/**/~~/++ 1000mm wide, Panel doors
LS710AR/**/~~/++ 1000mm wide, Panel doors, 1cu. ft.fridge, adj. shelf
LS710D/**/~~/++ (1000mm wide) Two filing drawers, locking
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➂
➂
➂
➂
LS7/**/~~ 800mm wide, Open front
LS7A/**/~~/++ 800mm wide, Panel doors
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➂
➂
LS710/**/~~ 1000mm wide, Open front
Hardened and toughened 10mm Clear Glass top (800 or 1000 mm wide) on 60mm high Polished Stainless Steel columns. Add /GT to the end of the code. Veneer Grain Option
Standard veneer grain direction as indicated. To rotate the grain direction 90° from the standard add suffix “X” to the end of the finish code (e.g. LS7/**X/~~)
G
STORAGE UNITS – 800 and 1000mm wide. (Supplied without shelves or internal fittings except where indicated.) 3 - module (800x558x1078mm and 1000x558x1078mm)
Open front, empty
Panel doors, empty
Filing drawers, panel doors
Three filing drawer, locking
Tambour door, empty
LS10/**/~~
LS10A/**/~~/++
LS10B/**/~~/++
LS10E/**/~~/++
LS10T/**/~~/++
(800mm wide)
(800mm wide)
(800mm wide)
(800mm wide)
(800mm wide)
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➂
➂
➂
➂
➂
LS1010/**/~~
LS1010A/**/~~/++ (1000mm LS1010B/**/~~/++ (1000mm LS1010E/**/~~/++
wide)
wide)
(1000mm wide)
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➀ ➁
➂
➂
➂
➂
FULCRUM
(1000mm wide)
Replace ++ with handle code: HS=Slim Metal Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
HP=Fulcrum Professional + per handle
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels (except tambours) also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
111
STORAGE UNITS – 800 and 1000mm wide. (Supplied without shelves or internal fittings except where indicated.) 4 - module (800x558x1408mm and 1000x558x1408mm)
Open front, empty
Panel doors, empty
Panel doors, glass doors
Panel doors, empty
LS13/**/~~
LS13A/**/~~/++
LS13E/**/~~/++
LS13T/**/~~/++
(800mm wide
(800mm wide)
(800mm wide)
(800mm wide)
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
LS1310/**/~~
LS1310/A/**/~~/++
(1000mm W.)
(1000mm W.)
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
5 - module (800x558x1738mm and 1000x558x1738mm)
Open front 1 matching 18mm fitted shelf LS17/**/~~
Panel doors, 1 matching 18mm fitted shelf LS17A/**/~~/++
Panel doors, glass doors, empty
Panel doors, open above
Two filing drawers, open above
LS17D/**/~~/++
(800mm wide)
(800mm wide)
(800mm wide)
LS17F/**/~~/++ (800mm wide)
LS17G/**/~~/++ (800mm wide)
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
LS1710/**/~~
LS1710A/**/~~/++
(1000mm wide)
(1000mm wide)
➀ ➁ ➂
➀ ➁ ➂
LS1710/F/**/~~/++ (1000mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂
LS1710/G/**/~~/++ (1000mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂
Two filing drawers, open section, glass doors
Three filing drawers, open above Three filing drawers, glass doors, Tambour door, empty 1 matching 18mm fitted shelf
LS17H/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂
LS17J/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂
LS17K/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂
LS17T/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂
FULCRUM
LS1710J/**/~~/++ (1000mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂
Replace ++ with handle code: HS=Slim Metal Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Wardrobe, with central divider, fitted hat shelf & coat rail to left, 4 shelves to right LS17W/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂ LS1710W/**/~~/++ (1000mm wide) ➀ ➁ ➂
HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
HP=Fulcrum Professional + per handle
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels (except tambours) also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
112
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
STORAGE UNITS – 800 and 1000mm wide. (Supplied without shelves or internal fittings except where indicated.) 6 - module (800x558x2068mm and 1000x558x2068mm). [Please see note below regarding access]
Open front, 1 matching fitted shelf LS20/**/~~ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁
Panel doors, 1 matching fitted shelf LS20A/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁
Panel doors, open above
Three filing drawers, open above
LS20B/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁
LS20D/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁
Tambour door, 1 matching fitted shelf LS20T/**/~~/++ (800mm wide) ➀ ➁
➂
➂
➂
➂
➂
LS2010/**/~~ (1000mm wide) ➀ ➁
LS2010A/**/~~/++ (1000mm wide) ➀ ➁
LS2010B/**/~~/++ (1000mm wide) ➀ ➁
LS2010D/**/~~/++ (1000mm wide) ➀ ➁
➂
➂
➂
➂
Please check building access. If necessary, storage units can be supplied K.D. on request at point of order only: POA.
STORAGE FITTINGS Description
Code YROFF (800mm)
Roll-out filing frame, A4/foolscap
Price
YROFF10 (1000mm) Roll-out box file drawer, foolscap YRBF/BK (800mm) (Box file drawers cannot be fittted behind panel doors) YRBF10/BK (1000mm) YREF/** (800 x 18mm)
Roll-out reference shelf
YREF10/** (1000 x 18mm) Metal combination shelf (accepts 330mm lateral files under)
YMCS/SL (800mm)
Lateral & print-out filing rail
YLFF (800mm)
YMCS10/SL (1000mm)
YS/** (800 x 18mm) YS25/** (800 x 25mm) YS10/** (1000 x 18mm) YS1025/** (1000 x 25mm)
Shelf in White MFC – for Fulcrum CE storage units
YS/WH
Shelf in veneer – to fit units with vertical tambour fronts in veneer
YST/** (18mm) YST25/** (25mm)
Hat shelf with coat rail – to fit all 800mm units except YHCS/** (800 x 18mm) veneered tambours Hat shelf with coat rail
YHCS10/** (1000 x 18mm)
Partition shelf – to fit all units except those with tambours
YPTS/** (800 x 18mm)
Partition dividers (pair)
YPTS1D/** (108mm high)
YPTS10/** (1000 x 18mm) YPTS2D/** (220mm high) YMSS/SL (800mm)
Metal slotted shelf (accepts metal dividers)
YMSS10/SL (1000mm)
Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
YAT2 Anti-tilt cable kit for 2 file frames/ boxes (supply only) YAT2F As above, but fitted YAT3 Anti-tilt cable kit for 3 file frames/boxes (supply only) YAT3F As above, but fitted
i
Notes about partition shelves and dividers Partition shelves and dividers can be combined to create ‘pigeonhole units’: each partition shelf is drilled to accept two partition dividers. Partition shelves must be ordered for the top, bottom and any intermediate shelves in any such pigeonhole unit.
YMSSD/SL (200mm)
Metal divider (pair) 200mm
Replace ++ with handle code: HS=Slim Metal
Anti-tilt Cables (specified at point of order)
FULCRUM
YLFF10 (1000mm) Shelf in veneer – to fit all units except those with tambours
HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
HP=Fulcrum Professional + per handle
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels (except tambours) also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
113
PROFESSIONAL RECTANGULAR DESKS AND RECTANGULAR BOW-FRONT DESKS Rectangular desks with ¾ depth back panel
Size (mm)
Code
Cable handling Price
Cable Tray
1600x800x748
PD16/**
Cable ports
➁
AX16 +
1800x800x748
PD18/**
Cable ports
➁
AX18 +
2000x800x748
PD20/**
Cable ports
➁
AX20 +
Rectangular desks with full depth back panel
Size (mm)
Code
Cable handling Price
Cable Tray
1600x800x748
PD16F/**
Cable ports
➁
AX16 +
1800x800x748
PD18F/**
Cable ports
➁
AX18 +
2000x800x748
PD20F/**
Cable ports
➁
AX20 +
i
Rectangular bow-front desks with ¾ depth back panel
Size (mm)
Code
Cable handling Price
Cable Tray
1600x950x748
PDB16/**
Cable ports
➁
AX16 +
1800x950x748
PDB18/**
Cable ports
➁
AX18 +
2000x950x748
PDB20/**
Cable ports
➁
AX20 +
For pedestals please see p.107. For storage units see p.101-103.
To match Fulcrum Professional specify storage units and pedestals with PE (Professional Edge) and HP (Professional Handles)
Rectangular bow-front desks with full depth back panel
Size (mm)
Code
1600x950x748
PDB16F/** Cable ports
Cable handling Price ➁
AX16 +
1800x950x748
PDB18F/** Cable ports
➁
AX18 +
2000x950x748
PDB20F/** Cable ports
➁
AX20 +
Cable Tray
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) add /W to end of code +
PROFESSIONAL CORNER DESKS AND BOW-FRONT CORNER DESKS Corner desks with ¾ depth back panel
L - Left Hand
R - Right Hand
Size (mm)
Code
Cable handling Price
Cable Tray
1600x1200/800x748
PC16L(R)/**
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX16 (side) AX10
1800x1200/800x748
PC18L(R)/**
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX18 (side) AX10
2000x1200/800x748
PC20L(R)/**
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX20 (side) AX10
Corner desks with full depth back panel
Size (mm) R - Right Hand L - Left Hand
Cable handling Price
Cable Tray
1600x1200/800x748 PC16L(R)F/**
Code
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX16 (side) AX10
1800x1200/800x748 PC18L(R)F/**
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX18 (side) AX10
2000x1200/800x748 PC20L(R)F/**
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX20 (side) AX10
Corner desks with bow-front and ¾ depth back panel
FULCRUM PRO
Size (mm) L - Left Hand
R - Right Hand
Cable handling Price
Cable Tray
1600x1200/800x748 PCB16L(R)/**
Code
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX16 (side) AX10
1800x1200/800x748 PCB18L(R)/**
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX18 (side) AX10
2000x1200/800x748 PCB20L(R)/**
Cable ports
➁
(front) AX20 (side) AX10
Corner desks with bow-front and full depth back panel
Size (mm) R - Right Hand L - Left Hand
Code
Cable handling Price
Cable Tray
1600x1200/800x748 PCB16L(R)F/** Cable ports
➁
(front) AX16 (side) AX10
1800x1200/800x748 PCB18L(R)F/** Cable ports
➁
(front) AX18 (side) AX10
2000x1200/800x748 PCB20L(R)F/** Cable ports
➁
(front) AX20 (side) AX10
To specify Wire Management (vertical risers in end panels) add /W to end of code +
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
114
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
PROFESSIONAL RETURN UNITS – for use with Professional desks only L - Left Hand
R - Right Hand
Size (mm)
Code
Cable handling
Price
Cable Tray
790x540x748
PRL(R)/** PRL(R)/**/W
Cable ports Wire management
➁ ➁
AX8 +
790x540/800x748
PWRL(R)/** PWRL(R)/**/W
Cable ports Wire management
➁ ➁
AX8 +
790x540x748
PRPSL(R)/**/HP
Pedestal/cupboard return, 2 drawers + file drawer + cupboard, left or right handed includes adjustable shelf
➁
790x540x748
PRPL(R)/**/HP
Pedestal/return, 2 drawers + ➁ file drawer, left or right handed
The above units are not reversible: you cannot fit a left handed unit to the right of a desk
Size (mm)
Code
Description
Price
790x540x748
PRSL(R)/**/HP
Double door cupboard return, left or right handed, empty
➁
790x540/800x748
PRTL(R)/**/HP
Tambour storage return, left or right handed, empty
➁
The above double door and tambour cupboards accept our standard shelves and fittings for 800mm wide cupboards. Please see p.103 for details
Size (mm)
Code
Description
434x540x748
PEP3L(R)/**/HP
Extension pedestal, left or right ➁ handed
Price
The PEP3L and PEP3R above are extension pedestals for use solely with Professional corner desks. For pedestals for use with Professional rectangular desks please see p.107. For storage units please see p.96-105: to match Fulcrum Professional please specify storage units with PE (Professional Edge) and HP (Professional Handles). Only the storage units on this page can be used as returns in combination with Professional corner desks. The Professional return unit and extension pedestals on this page have Maple drawers as standard. Professional desk pedestals (see p.107) are fitted with timber clad drawers as standard, with Maple drawers available as an option. 356x238x28mm YPEN Pentray
Code
Description
Price
PCE/**
Unhanded conference extension (fits to left or right of desk). Adds 600mm to length and width of desk.
➁
FULCRUM PRO
PROFESSIONAL CONFERENCE EXTENSION
Any desk linked to this extension must be specified with a full depth back panel. This extension cannot be used with bow-fronted desks.
Fulcrum Professional handle is standard. To specify an alternative handle replace the HP in the code with the applicable handle code below: HS=Slim Metal
HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels (except tambours) also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code. Where a lacquer combination finish is specified, standard Professional handles are finished in the chosen lacquer colour.
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
115
PROFESSIONAL RECEPTION COUNTERS – with optional glass counter shelves and kick strip in Polished Stainless Steel Cable handling Cable ports Wire management
With Glass shelf (add 110mm to height and depth)
Without Glass shelf
PDR8/**/KPS PDR8/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR8/**/KPS/NG PDR8/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX8 +
1000x880x998
Cable ports Wire management
PDR10/**/KPS PDR10/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR10/**/KPS/NG PDR10/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX10 +
1200x880x998
Cable ports Wire management
PDR12/**/KPS PDR12/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR12/**/KPS/NG PDR12/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX12 +
1400x880x998
Cable ports Wire management
PDR14/**/KPS PDR14/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR14/**/KPS/NG PDR14/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX14 +
1600x880x998
Cable ports Wire management
PDR16/**/KPS PDR16/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR16/**/KPS/NG PDR16/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX16 +
1800x880x998
Cable ports Wire management
PDR18/**/KPS PDR18/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR18/**/KPS/NG PDR18/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX18 +
2000x880x998
Cable ports Wire management
PDR20/**/KPS PDR20/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR20/**/KPS/NG PDR20/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX20 +
2400x880x998
Cable ports Wire management
PDR24/**/KPS PDR24/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR24/**/KPS/NG PDR24/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX24/SL +
2800x880x998
Cable ports Wire management
PDR28/**/KPS PDR28/**/W/KPS
➁ ➁
PDR28/**/KPS/NG PDR28/**/W/KPS/NG
➁ ➁
AX28/SL +
800x1080x748mm 1000x1080x748mm 1200x1080x748mm Desk height straight ‘sandwich’ module
(front width 1000mm) (front width 1200mm) (front width 1400mm)
PDR8CA/**/KPS PDR10CA/**/KPS PDR12CA/**/KPS
➁ ➁ ➁
Left handed Right handed
PDR9EAL/** PDR9EAR/**
➁ ➁
PDR90RA/**
➁
Size (mm) 800x880x998
z1
900x1080x748mm 900x1080x748mm Desk height straight ‘end’ module 1300mm radius x1080x748mm 90° z3 Desk height curved ‘sandwich’ module
z2
1600mm radius Cable ports x880x998 convex 90° Wire management
PDR90CX/**/KPS ➁ PDR90CX/**/W/KPS ➁
counter return panel at front panel height
Add /L (left), /R (right) or /B (both) to the end of the codes above
880x80x998mm
/L or /R /B
➁ ➁
Cable Tray
PDR90CX/**/KPS/NG ➁ PDR90CX/**/W/KPS/NG ➁
/L or /R /B
➁ ➁
Plan view from above
FULCRUM PRO
All orders for Professional Reception counters must be accompanied by a layout drawing at point of order. We then note where two counters adjoin and substitute a recessed joining panel in place of two end panels. We also select veneers of similar structure and colour for adjacent components.
i
Recessed panels on reception desks are fitted with pass-through ports as standard.
z1 Provides a desk height contact point between two rectangular modules. Overlaps each at the front by 100mm each side, in addition to width listed. Front panel inset by 500mm.
z2 Provides a desk height contact point left or right of a rectangular module. Overlaps adjacent module by 100mm in addition to the width listed. Front panel inset by 500mm. Codes for left and right are from the perspective of the receptionist, in keeping with industry convention (images above illustrate the visitors view).
z3 Must fit between two rectangular supporting units. Overlaps the units on either side by 100mm in addition to width listed. Front panel inset by 500mm.
Grain Direction Woodgrain on front panels always runs vertically. Grain on tops runs along their length as standard (side-to-side), but may be specified to run front-to-back by adding the suffix “X” to the finish code.
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: (add suffix “X” if you wish grain on tops to run front-to-back rather than side-to-side) Cherry Light Oak
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
NW Wenge SO
Vertical panels also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code.
116
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
FREELY POSITIONED INDIVIDUAL SHELVES – for counters specified without glass shelves Size
Price
Code
800x300mm 1000x300mm 1200x300mm
Straight Clear Glass shelf with columns Straight Clear Glass shelf with columns Straight Clear Glass shelf with columns
PS8G PS10G PS12G
1600mm radius convex 45°
Clear Glass shelf with columns (spans half of a 90° counter) PSC45G
800x300x700mm high 800x300x700mm high 800x300mm
Panel shelf with columns Panel shelf with columns and backlight Clear Glass top for panel shelf
PSP8/** PSP8L/** PSPG8
1000x300x700mm high 1000x300x700mm high 1000x300mm
Panel shelf with columns Panel shelf with columns and backlight Clear Glass top for panel shelf
PSP10/** PSP10L/** PSPG10
1200x300x700mm high 1200x300x700mm high 1200x300mm
Panel shelf with columns Panel shelf with columns and backlight Clear Glass top for panel shelf
PSP12/** PSP12L/** PSPG12
Glass tops are mandatory for panel shelves in gloss lacquer and optional for those in timber. The desired location of any freely positioned shelves must be clearly indicated on the counter layout drawing at point of order.
GRAPHICS PANELS Clear Perspex® graphics panel to suit curved or straight front panel or panel shelf. Height is dependent on the proportions of the graphics supplied. Price listed is for Perspex® panel and fittings only: graphics at additional cost varying according to the size, complexity and number of colours. Guide price range to : please contact our Specials department for a quote. Graphics panels must be ordered concurrently with the item to which they fit – they cannot be retrofitted. 600mm wide panel
1000mm wide panel
1400mm wide panel
LGP6
LGP10
LGP14
i
The front panels of the reception desks and panel shelves may be specified with veneer inlay, or may be inlaid with a company logo and/or text in veneer, stained to a range of colours, POA.
ACCESS GATES – to fit between reception desk/counter and a wall Size
Code
Description
Price
800x880x748
PD8AG/**/KPS
Access gate with hinged top and door
➂
➃
Orders for access gates must be accompanied by a layout drawing. Access gates must be wall-fixed. Note: Wall fixings are not included and that attachment of access gates is excluded when counters are installed by Sven Christiansen unless specifically agreed otherwise.
PROFESSIONAL PEDESTALS AND STORAGE UNITS For storage units please see p.96-105: to match Fulcrum Professional please specify storage units with HP (Professional Handles). Note: Fulcrum pedestals other than those listed below are not compatible with Fulcrum Professional. Description
Code
To add castors, add /M to the end of the code
Price
431x625x655 Freestanding, medium height LFP3T/**/HP 2 drawers + filing drawer
➁
431x625x655 Freestanding, medium height LFP4T/**/HP 4 drawers
➁
431x576x460 Fixed 1 drawer + filing drawer
LP2T/**/HP
431x576x460 Fixed 3 drawers
LP3T/**/HP
+
+
N/A
➁
i
Pedestals have timber clad drawers fitted with heavy duty 100% extension ball bearing runners as standard. Pentray included. Maple drawer interiors are available to special order, POA. These pedestals do not have feature edges.
N/A
➁
FULCRUM PRO
Size (mm)
Fulcrum Professional handle is standard. Replace HP with the applicable alternative handle code below: HS=Slim Metal
HB=Bar
HE=Timber
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry CY Macassar Gold MG Maple MA Natural Walnut NW Wenge Light Oak LO Macassar Tan MT Natural Cherry CN Smoked Oak SO Vertical panels also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code. Where a lacquer combination finish is specified, standard Professional handles are finished in the chosen lacquer colour.
Sven Price List January 2017
WE
117
CONFERENCE TABLES – special sizes, inlays and custom variations We can supply both larger tables and non-standard sizes to special order. In addition we offer a specialist bespoke service crafting custom items to your specifications. These may be variations of standard items, e.g. incorporating inlays and/or exotic veneers, or wholly unique one-off pieces. We can offer a wide variety of different detail line designs and materials, inlays may be any shape or size, and we can inlay text or logos. You may also combine a timber veneer in one finish with a solid hardwood edge in a different finish – for example, Maple veneer with a solid Natural Walnut edge (available at no extra charge on all unstained finishes). We list below the additional cost of some of the most commonly requested bespoke variations: for other requirements please contact our Sales Office. Some compatability limitations apply to ebony detail lines, inlays and veneer/hardwood edge combinations: please see table below.
Size
Ebony Inlay Inlay detail line Group A Group B
2000 x 1000mm 2500 X 1000mm 2500 x 1200mm 3000 x 1200mm 1000mm Diameter 1200mm Diameter 1500mm Diameter 2200 x 1200mm (oval) 3000 x 1500mm (oval)
+ + + + + + + + +
3500 x 1200mm 4250 x 1500mm 5000 x 1500mm
+ + + + + + + + +
Compatible with:
Ebony Inlay detail line Cherry ✔ ✖ Light Oak ✔ ✔ Macassar Gold ✖ ✔ Macassar Tan ✖ ✔ Maple ✔ ✔ Natural Walnut ✔ ✔ Natural Cherry ✔ ✔ Smoked Oak ✖ ✔ Maple/Nat.Walnut ✔ ✔ Wenge ✖ ✔
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + +
+ + +
Group A Veneers Burr Walnut Burr Oak Burr Madrona Birds Eye Maple
Group B Veneers Light Oak Macassar Gold Macassar Tan Maple Natural Walnut Natural Cherry Smoked Oak Wenge
Two Piece Tops + + +
When ordering detail lines or veneer inlays, please describe in text the combination required and prefix the table code with the letters “SQ”. Ebony detail lines and inlays extend delivery lead times. Please call for current information.
i
Note: Burr veneer finishes are beautiful and highly individual. Cut from irregular growths on a tree trunk, by their very nature they include imperfections.
LECTERNS We offer lecterns to complement all conference table styles and finishes. All are mobile, incorporate internal shelves as well as cable access cutout in the top surface. We also provide customised lecterns to accommodate a wide variety of presentation equipment and controls. Please contact our Sales Office for further information.
BUILDING ACCESS It is the purchaser’s responsibility to ensure that building access is adequate before ordering: tables cannot be cut down or segmented once manufactured. In the event of direct delivery by Sven Christiansen abortive delivery charges may become payable if delivery cannot be effected due to inadequate access, inappropriate specification or site conditions. Please note that table crates may add up to 160mm to each dimension, which must be allowed for when assessing access. If in any doubt about access please contact us to arrange a site survey prior to order placement.
CIRCULAR TABLES ON SATIN STAINLESS STEEL PEDESTAL BASE – 748mm high
FULCRUM
Size
Code
Pcs. To seat
Circular – straight veneer 800 diam L8D/ST/P7SS/**/~~ 1000 diam L0D/ST/P7SS/**/~~ 1200 diam L2D/ST/P7SS/**/~~
1 1 1
3 3 4
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➂
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Circular – radial veneer 800 diam L8D/RT/P7SS/**/~~ 1000 diam L0D/RT/P7SS/**/~~ 1200 diam L2D/RT/P7SS/**/~~
1 1 1
3 3 4
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Tables are 748mm high
Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Price Group ➃ AS=Aero Solid DS=Square Solid 50mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry Light Oak
118
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
NW Wenge SO
WE
WING BASES We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length. Size Rectangular 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4250 x 1500 5000 x 1500
Code
Pcs. To seat
L252/R/WB/**/~~ L302/R/WB/**/~~ L352/R/WB/**/~~ L425/R/WB/**/~~ L505/R/WB/**/~~
1 1* 2 2 2
8 10 10 14 16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Barrel 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4250 x 5000 x
1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
L252/B/WB/**/~~ L302/B/WB/**/~~ L352/B/WB/**/~~ L425/B/WB/**/~~ L505/B/WB/**/~~
1 1* 2 2 2
8 8/10 10/12 14 16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
D-end 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4250 x 5000 x
1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
L252/D/WB/**/~~ L302/D/WB/**/~~ L352/D/WB/**/~~ L425/D/WB/**/~~ L505/D/WB/**/~~
1 1* 2 2 2
6/8 8/10 10 12/14 14/16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Oval 2200 x 1200 3000 x 1500
LT22/O/WB/**/~~ LT30/O/WB/**/~~
1 1
6 8/10
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
The Wing base is a Registered Design (registration no. 2029215).
BOX BASES
Size Rectangular 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4250 x 1500 5000 x 1500
Code
Pcs. To seat
L252/R/BB/**/~~ L302/R/BB/**/~~ L352/R/BB/**/~~ L425/R/BB/**/~~ L505/R/BB/**/~~
1 1* 2 2 2
8 10 10 14 16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Barrel 4250 x 1500 5000 x 1500
L425/B/BB/**/~~ L505/B/BB/**/~~
2 2
14 16
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
D-end 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4250 x 5000 x
L252/D/BB/**/~~ L302/D/BB/**/~~ L352/D/BB/**/~~ L425/D/BB/**/~~ L505/D/BB/**/~~
1 1* 2 2 2
6/8 8/10 10 12/14 14/16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
The ‘Pcs’ column indicates the number of pieces in which the top is manufactured. ‘1*’ denotes that the table top concerned is normally supplied in one piece, but that a two-piece top is available at additional cost: POA. Note: One-piece table tops the veneer grain runs end to end: on multiple-piece table tops the grain runs sideto-side.
FULCRUM
We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length.
Tables are 748mm high. Bases are supplied to match the table finish by default, but also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code. The price group does not change. Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped TE=Thin Edge
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Price Group ➃ AS=Aero Solid DS=Square Solid 50mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry Light Oak
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
NW Wenge SO
WE
119
COLUMN AND SQUARE BASES We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length. Size Rectangular 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4250 x 1500 5000 x 1500
Code
Pcs. To seat
L252/R/^^/**/~~ L302/R/^^/**/~~ L352/R/^^/**/~~ L425/R/^^/**/~~ L505/R/^^/**/~~
1 1* 2 2 2
8 10 10 14 16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Barrel 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4250 x 5000 x
1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
L252/B/^^/**/~~ L302/B/^^/**/~~ L352/B/^^/**/~~ L425/B/^^/**/~~ L505/B/^^/**/~~
1 1* 2 2 2
8 8/10 10/12 14 16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
D-end 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4250 x 5000 x
1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
L252/D/^^/**/~~ 1 L302/D/^^/**/~~ 1* L352/D/^^/**/~~ 2 L425/D/^^/**/~~ 2 L505/D/^^/**/~~ 2
6/8 8/10 10 12/14 14/16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
The ‘Pcs’ column indicates the number of pieces in which the top is manufactured. ‘1*’ indicates that the table top concerned is normally supplied in one piece, but that a two piece top is available at additional cost: POA. that on one-piece table tops the grain of the veneer runs end to end: on multiple-piece table tops the grain runs side-to-side.
FULCRUM
Tables are 748mm high.
Column/Lacquered MDF
Column/Glass
Replace ^^ with base code:
CB=Column Base
Column/Stainless Steel
Square/Lacquered MDF
Square/Glass
Square/Stainless Steel
SB=Square Base
Base columns and pillars are supplied to match the table finish by default, but also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add /W for White and /B for Black to the end of the finish code. The price group does not change, nor does the footplate colour (Black). Footplates are optionally available in White or Black Glass, or Satin Stainless Steel, at the following additional costs: White Glass + per base: add code /GWH Black Glass + per base: add code /GBK Satin Stainless Steel + per base: add code /SSS Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped TE=Thin Edge
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Price Group ➃ AS=Aero Solid DS=Square Solid 50mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry Light Oak
120
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
NW Wenge SO
WE
COLUMN AND SQUARE BASES
Size Code Circular – straight veneer 1200 diam L2D/ST/^^/**/~~ 1500 diam L5D/ST/^^/**/~~ 1800 diam L18D/ST/^^/**/~~
Pcs. To seat 1 1 2
4 6 8
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Circular – radial veneer 1200 diam L2D/RT/^^/**/~~ 1500 diam L5D/RT/^^/**/~~ 1800 diam L18D/RT/^^/**/~~
1 1 2
4 6 8
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Oval 2200 x 1200 3000 x 1500
1 1
6 ➀ 8/10 ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
LT22/O/^^/**/~~ LT30/O/^^/**/~~
The ‘Pcs’ column indicates the number of pieces in which the top is manufactured.
Column/Lacquered MDF Replace ^^ with base code:
Column/Glass CB=Column Base
Column/Stainless Steel
Square/Lacquered MDF
Square/Glass
Square/Stainless Steel
FULCRUM
Tables are 748mm high.
SB=Square Base
Base columns and pillars are supplied to match the table finish by default, but also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add /W for White and /B for Black to the end of the finish code. The price group does not change, nor does the footplate colour (Black). Footplates are optionally available in White or Black Glass, or Satin Stainless Steel, at the following additional costs: White Glass + per base²: add code /GWH Black Glass + per base²: add code /GBK Satin Stainless Steel + per base: add code /SSS (Note: ²Glass footplates are not available on 1800mm diameter tables) Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped TE=Thin Edge
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Price Group ➃ AS=Aero Solid DS=Square Solid 50mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry Light Oak
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
NW Wenge SO
WE
121
SQUARE METAL LEGS – Polished Chrome or White Square Chrome Legs are available on rectangular tables only. We list tables up to 5000mm but can supply tables of any length. Size Code Rectangular (Square Chrome Legs) 2000 x 1000 L200/R/LSC/**/~~ 2500 x 1000 L250/R/LSC/**/~~ 2500 x 1200 L252/R/LSC/**/~~ 3000 x 1200 L302/R/LSC/**/~~ 3500 x 1200 L352/R/LSC/**/~~ 4250 x 1500 L425/R/LSC/**/~~ 5000 x 1500 L505/R/LSC/**/~~
Pcs. To seat 1 1 1 1* 2 2 2
6 8 8 10 10 14 16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
ARROWHEAD BASES Size Rectangular 2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4250 x 1500 5000 x 1500
Code
Pcs. To seat
L200/R/AB/**/~~ L250/R/AB/**/~~ L252/R/AB/**/~~ L302/R/AB/**/~~ L352/R/AB/**/~~ L425/R/AB/**/~~ L505/R/AB/**/~~
1 1* 1* 1* 2 2 2
6 8 8 10 10 14 16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Barrel 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4250 x 5000 x
1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
L252/B/AB/**/~~ L302/B/AB/**/~~ L352/B/AB/**/~~ L425/B/AB/**/~~ L505/B/AB/**/~~
1* 1* 2 2 2
8 8/10 10/12 14 16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
2500 x 1000
L250/D/AB/**/~~
1*
6
➀
➁
➂
➃
2500 3000 3500 4250 5000
L252/D/AB/**/~~ L302/D/AB/**/~~ L352/D/AB/**/~~ L425/D/AB/**/~~ L505/D/AB/**/~~
1* 1* 2 2 2
6/8 8/10 10 12/14 14/16
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃ ➃ ➃
Circular – straight veneer 1000 diam L0D/ST/AB/**/~~ 1200 diam L2D/ST/AB/**/~~ 1500 diam L5D/ST/AB/**/~~
1 1 1
3 4 6
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Circular – radial veneer 1000 diam L0D/RT/AB/**/~~ 1200 diam L2D/RT/AB/**/~~ 1500 diam L5D/RT/AB/**/~~
1 1 1
3 4 6
➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁
➂ ➂ ➂
➃ ➃ ➃
Oval 2200 x 1200
LT22/O/AB/**/~~
1
6
➀
➁
➂
➃
3000 x 1500
LT30/O/AB/**/~~
1
8/10
➀
➁
➂
➃
FULCRUM
D-End x x x x x
1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
The ‘Pcs’ column indicates the number of pieces in which the top is manufactured. ‘1*’ indicates that the table top concerned is normally supplied in one piece, but that a two piece top is available at additional cost: POA. Note: One-piece table tops the grain of the veneer runs end to end: on multiple-piece table tops the grain runs side-to-side. Tables are 748mm high. Square metal legs are supplied in Polished Chrome as standard, but also available in White. To specify, change the /LSC in the code to /LSW. Arrowhead bases are supplied to match the table finish by default, but are also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code. The price group does not change. Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped TE=Thin Edge
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Price Group ➃ AS=Aero Solid DS=Square Solid 50mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry Light Oak
122
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
NW Wenge SO
WE
CABLE MANAGEMENT TILES AND HINGED DOUBLE FLAPS FOR TABLES We offer optional lift-out tiles, hinged flaps, timber cable ports, flip-top sockets and pop-up socket cassettes. We additionally offer three ways of routing cables from floor level. With Square, Round Column, Wing and Box bases you may order “Routing through bases”. With Arrowhead bases you may order “Cloaking Panels”. To provide cable routing with all tables/bases you may order Flexible Cable Spines. For further explanation of these options please see next page.
Lift-out tiles with cable management tray under To specify, order the required tiles from the options below and add /WT or /WTB to the end of the table code as set out below
Tiles, cable tray and cable routing through bases (for Wing, Column, Square and Box bases) or Cloaking Panels (for Arrowhead bases) – order tiles and add /WTB to table code ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁
Tiles and cable tray only – order Rectangular Tiles tiles and add /WT to table code 2000 x 1000 L@200/R/? ➀ ➁ 2500 x 1000 L@250/R/? ➀ ➁ 2500 x 1200 L@252/R/? ➀ ➁ 3000 x 1200 L@302/R/? ➀ ➁ 3500 x 1200 L@352/R/? ➀ ➁ 4250 x 1500 L@425/R/? ➀ ➁ 5000 x 1500 L@505/R/? ➀ ➁ Barrel shape 1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
L@252/B/? L@302/B/? L@352/B/? L@425/B/? L@505/B/?
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
1200 1200 1200 1500 1500
L@252/D/? L@302/D/? L@352/D/? L@425/D/? L@505/D/?
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
2200 x 1200 3000 x 1500
L@T22/O/? L@T30/O/?
➀ ➀
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4250 x 5000 x D-end 2500 x 3000 x 3500 x 4250 x 5000 x Oval
➁ ➁
Hinged double flap with brush strip cable access, with cable management tray under To specify, order the required flaps from the options below and add /WF or /WFB as appropriate to the end of the flap code and the table code. Flap and cable tray only – order flap and add /WF to the flap code Table size Flap and the table code 2000 x 1000 LF200/? ➀ ➁ 2200 x 1200 LF222/? ➀ ➁ 2500 x 1000 LF250/? ➀ ➁ 2500 x 1200 LF252/? ➀ ➁ 3000 x 1200 LF302/? ➀ ➁ 3000 x 1500 LF305/? ➀ ➁ 3500 x 1200 LF352/? ➀ ➁ 4250 x 1500 LF425/? ➀ ➁ 5000 x 1500 LF505/? ➀ ➁
Flap, cable tray and cable routing through bases (for Wing, Column, Square and Box bases) or Cloaking Panels (for Arrowhead bases) – order flap and add /WFB to the flap code and the table code. ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁ ➀ ➁
To specify the finish of tiles and flaps, replace the /? in the code with the appropriate code below. Price Group ➀ Standard Veneers Cherry....................../CY Light Oak................/LO Macassar Gold......../MG Macassar Tan.........../MT Maple....................../MA
i
Natural Cherry........./CN Natural Walnut.... /NW Smoked Oak............/SO Wenge.................. /WE
Price Group ➁ Burr/exotic Veneers Burr Walnut............./BWL Burr Oak................../BOK Birds-Eye Maple......./BEM Burr Madrona........./BMD Ebonised Black......../BEB
Price Group ➁ Glass Green Frosted Glass......../GLG Black Mirror Glass.........../GBK White Glass..................../GWH (Glass not available on flaps)
Flaps open to 90°
FULCRUM
Tile inserts are shaped to suit the top into which they fit and incorporate ‘mousehole’ cutouts for cable access. Tiles and flaps in non-standard finishes can be supplied to special order.
Notes on veneering of tiles and flaps Veneer grain direction on tiles and flaps always runs lengthways, i.e. along the length of the table. We endeavour to colour match veneered tiles and flaps to the adjacent top surface, but the figure of the grain may differ. If you choose Burr veneers please note that while they are beautiful and highly individual they are cut from irregular growths on the outside of tree trunks and by their very nature will include natural imperfections.
Sven Price List January 2017
123
ADDITIONAL CABLE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS, ELECTRICAL FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES With the exception of tiles and hinged double flaps (on previous page), and the options set out below, cable management options, electrical fittings and accessories for Fulcrum tables are shared with Ambus/Eclipse – see p.59-60.
ADDITIONAL CABLE ACCESS SOLUTIONS FOR FULCRUM All Fulcrum tables may be specified with cable ports and most may also be specied with hinged single flaps (limitations apply to some V-Base tables – see applicable price list page for details.) Timber ports and flaps are veneered to match the top, but the grain structure and colouring may vary to some degree from the surrounding surface. Possible fitting positions may be restricted by base structures: we will advise if any requested location is not practical.
Timber cable ports To specify cable ports, add /WA to the end of the table code and order the number of ports you require: YAP each. You MUST also provide a drawing, at point of order, specifying where the access port(s) are to be fitted. If cable ports are specified on a circular table on a Round or Square Column base, then the option “Cable routing through bases” MUST also be specified to provide entry/exit for cables. For ordering information please see below.
Hinged single flap 200 x 200mm including 25mm brush strip on one side. Cable box underneath measures 364 x 220 x 120mm internally, with cable access on all four sides. Not available on 800mm wide tables. When ordering LFLAPs please add /WA to the end of the table code list the number of LFLAPs required and provide a drawing with the order specifying the desired positions of the LFLAPs and their orientation (which side should open, i.e. the side with the brush strip). Some positions may be impractical due to the underlying structure of the table. Please appreciate that we cannot schedule orders for production until we have a drawing. LFLAP/** (Note: the hinged single flaps fitted to Fulcrum and Ambus tables are of a different design due to the different board materials used for the tops. For this reason LFLAPs cannot be fitted to standard Ambus tables)
CABLE ROUTING THROUGH BASES AND CLOAKING PANELS Cable routing through bases – additional information (available with Round, Square, Wing and Box bases) This option enables cables to be routed from the floor to the underside of the top, inside the bases. Access holes are provided on both the top and underside of each base to enable cables to exit/enter. An electrician or similarly experienced person will be needed to route the cables. Cables routed behind cloaking panels – additional information (available with Arrowhead bases) Cloaking panels are removable timber panels which fit into the vee of Arrowhead bases, creating a concealed vertical channel through which cables can be run. To specify cable routing through bases or cloaking panels with timber cable ports, flip-top sockets or pop-up sockets, change the /WA at the end of the table code to /WAB and order the appropriate wire managed bases as detailed below. [To specify with tiles or flaps see previous page.] Cable routing through bases (for Square, Round Column, Wing and Box bases) For circular tables LRB/1 For 2000/2500x1000 and 2500/3000/3500x1200mm: LRB/2 For 4250/5000x1500mm: LRB/3
FULCRUM
Cloaking panels (for Arrowhead bases) For circular tables LCP/1 For 2000/2500x1000 and 2500/3000/3500x1200mm: LCP/2 For 4250/5000x1500mm: LCP/3
124
Sven Price List January 2017
RECONFIGURABLE TABLES (profile on two sides – with central slot when combined) Our reconfigurable tables are dimensioned and shaped to form a central slot when rectangular tables are combined with D-ends. This provides convenient access for cables and allows for a matching profile on both the front and rear edges of the tables.
➀ ➀ ➀ ➀
➁ ➁ ➁ ➁
n/a n/a n/a n/a
➂ ➂ ➂ ➂
“D” end 1500 diam
LR150D/PB/**/~~
➀
➁ n/a
➂
Quadrant 750 radius
LR75Q/PB/**/~~
➀
➁ n/a
➂
FULCRUM
On Panel Ends Rectangular Code 1500 x 700 LR150/PB/**/~~ 1750 x 700 LR175/PB/**/~~ 2000 x 700 LR200/PB/**/~~ 2500 x 700 LR250/PB/**/~~
Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm
Panel ends and modesty panels are also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code. Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry Light Oak
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
NW Wenge SO
WE
125
COFFEE TABLES ROUND METAL LEGS – 80mm diameter (Polished Chrome) 405mm high Rectangular 600 x 600 L606/R/MPC/**/~~ 1000 x 600 L106/R/MPC/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Circular - straight veneer 600 diam L6C/ST/MPC/**/~~ 800 diam L8C/ST/MPC/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Circular - radial veneer 600 diam L6C/RT/MPC/**/~~ 800 diam L8C/RT/MPC/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
L606/R/AB/**/~~ L106/R/AB/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Circular - straight veneer 800 diam L8C/ST/AB/**/~~
➀
➁
➂
➃
Circular - radial veneer 800 diam L8C/RT/AB/**/~~
➀
➁
➂
➃
TIMBER ARROWHEAD BASES – 405mm high Rectangular 600 x 600 1000 x 600
BOX BASE – 405mm high Rectangular 600 x 600 1000 x 600
L606/R/BB/**/~~ L106/R/BB/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
➀
➁
➂
➃
➀
➁
➂
➃
LOW COLUMN BASE – 405mm high Circular - straight veneer 800 diam L8C/ST/LC/**/~~
_
FULCRUM
Circular - radial veneer 800 diam L8C/RT/LC/**/~~
Box and Arrowhead bases are also available in Gloss White or Gloss Black lacquer. To specify, add W for White and B for Black to the end of the finish code. Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped TE=Thin EdgeEdge
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Price Group ➃ AS=Aero Solid DS=Square Solid 50mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry Light Oak
126
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
NW Wenge SO
WE
COFFEE TABLES SATIN STAINLESS STEEL PEDESTAL BASE – 405mm high and 510mm high Circular 405mm high - straight veneer 600 diam L6C/ST/P4SS/**/~~ 800 diam L8C/ST/P4SS/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Circular 405mm high - radial veneer 600 diam L6C/RT/P4SS/**/~~ 800 diam L8C/RT/P4SS/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Circular 510mm high - straight veneer 600 diam L6C/ST/P5SS/**/~~ 800 diam L8C/ST/P5SS/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
Circular 510mm high - radial veneer 600 diam L6C/RT/P5SS/**/~~ 800 diam L8C/RT/P5SS/**/~~
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
POSEUR TABLES – SATIN STAINLESS STEEL PEDESTAL BASE – 1138mm high Size Code Circular - straight veneer 600 diam L6P/ST/P11SS/**/~~ 800 diam L8P/ST/P11SS/**/~~ Circular - radial veneer 600 diam L6P/RT/P11SS/**/~~ 800 diam L8P/RT/P11SS/**/~~
Pcs. To seat 1 1
3 3
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
1 1
3 3
➀ ➀
➁ ➁
➂ ➂
➃ ➃
FULCRUM
Standard height is suited to standing use. For use with the Ele EL4 or similar bar stools, please request a reduced height of 980mm (no charge).
Replace ~~ with edge code:
Price Group ➀ RM=Radius/MDF CM=Chamfer/MDF
Price Group ➁ SE=Square/Lipped TE=Thin Edge
Price Group ➂ RS=Radius/Solid 38mm SS=Square/Solid 38mm
Price Group ➃ AS=Aero Solid DS=Square Solid 50mm
Replace ** with panel finish code, as below: Cherry Light Oak
CY LO
Macassar Gold Macassar Tan
MG Maple MT Natural Cherry
MA Natural Walnut CN Smoked Oak
Sven Price List January 2017
NW Wenge
SO
WE
127
SEATING GUIDELINES AND INFORMATION ON THE NUMBER OF BASES ON EACH TABLE
Size: 2500 x 1200 Seats: 8
Size: 3000 x 1200mm Seats: 10
Size: 2500 x 1000mm Seats: 6
Size: 2500 x 1200mm Seats: 6/8
Size: 3000 x 1200mm Seats: 8/10
Size: 2500 x 1200mm Seats: 8
Size: 3000 x 1200mm Seats: 8/10
Size: 3500 x 1200mm Seats: 10/12
Size: 800mm diam. Seats: 3
Top size
2000 x 1000 2500 x 1000 2500 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3500 x 1200 4250 x 1500 5000 x 1500
128
Size: 2500 x 1000mm Seats: 8
Size: 1000mm diam. Seats: 4
No. of pieces
1 1 1 1* 2 2 2
Square Chrome Pair of legs
2 2 2 3 3 3 3
Size: 1200mm diam. Seats: 5
Arrowhead bases
2 2 2 2 2 4 4
Size: 1500mm diam. Seats: 6
Column and Square bases
2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Box and Wing bases
Sven Price List January 2017
2 2 2 2 2 3 3
Size: 1800mm diam. Seats: 8
CIRCULAR
FULCRUM
Size: 2000 x 1000mm Seats: 6
SEATING GUIDELINES AND INFORMATION ON THE NUMBER OF BASES ON EACH TABLE
Size: 4250 x 1500mm Seats: 14
Size: 5000 x 1500mm Seats: 16
RECTANGULAR
Size: 3500 x 1200mm Seats: 10
D-END
Size: 3500 x 1200mm Seats: 10
Size: 4250 x 1500mm Seats: 12/14
Size: 5000 x 1500mm Seats: 14/16
BARREL
Size: 4250 x 1500mm Seats: 14
Size: 5000 x 1500mm Seats: 16
OVAL
Size: 3000 x 1500mm Seats: 8/10
FULCRUM
Size: 2200 x 1200mm Seats: 6
These seating capacity illustrations provide an initial guide and are based on Sven Fulcrum or G-Series armchairs. Please make your own calculations based on the actual chair dimensions being used and the amount of space you wish to provide for each person. 1200mm wide barrel shape tables taper to 900mm at the ends. 1500mm wide barrel shape tables taper to 1100mm at the ends.
Sven Price List January 2017
129
Seating GENERAL INFORMATION Timber finishes Our timber frames and arms are made from solid hardwoods. There will be variations in grain and figure that give these materials their unique character – these features are not faults but proof of the natural origin of the timber.
Upholstery specifications and care CMHR foam is used as standard on all products. Vacuum fabric regularly with appropriate care. This helps remove contaminants and gritty particles that have an abrasive effect that reduces the life of the fabric. Leather should be cleaned with a soft damp cloth. For more thorough cleaning use a mild solution of pure soap flakes (not detergent or other chemicals), taking care not to soak the leather. After cleaning, polish with a soft dry cloth. Do not apply polish or wax. Avoid placing leather upholstery in direct sunlight or close to heat sources such as radiators.
Colour and finish of fabrics and leathers Fabric and leather colours may vary slightly from batch to batch so exact matching cannot be guaranteed between orders placed at different times. Leather may exhibit surface characteristics such as scars, growth lines and variations in texture. These are not faults but simply aspects of the character of this natural material.
User weights Please seek guidance from our Sales Office if you need to accommodate users weighing in excess of 110kg (17st 4.5lb) except where chairs are listed as tested for higher weights.
Building access Please note that some items, in particular HB3 sofas, are large single-piece items. It is the purchaser’s responsibility to ensure that building access is adequate before ordering. In the event of direct delivery by Sven Christiansen abortive delivery charges may become payable if delivery cannot be effected due to inadequate access.
Guarantee We guarantee our seating for five years against any defects resulting from faulty materials or workmanship, fair wear and tear excluded, and subject to appropriate use, care and maintenance.
Specifications, pricing and terms We reserve the right to amend or update specifications without prior notice. All prices are exclusive of VAT. All orders are accepted subject to our Terms & Conditions of Sale (see p.163).
FAUX LEATHER (VINYL AND PU) PRICE GROUPS Group A Macflex
Oporto, Tavira
Yarwood
Dollaro
Group B Camira
Figaro, Torro, Vita
Chieftain
Just Colour, Just Patterns, Trimcell Classic, Trimcell Legend
Macflex
Delta
Group C Camira
Nevada, Venice, Verona
Chieftain
Casco, Marquis, Orient, Riviera, Self Colour, Solara, Traditional, Universal
Vescom
Leone Plus
Yarwood
Colorado, Nappa Soft
SEATING
Group D
130
Camira
Marvel
Chieftain
Multi Stretch
Sven Price List January 2017
FABRIC PRICE GROUPS Group X Camira
Citadel
Group A Camira
Era, Gravity, Phoenix, Rivit
Group B Camira
Advantage, Canopy, Chateau Plus, Main Line Plus, Manhattan, Sprint, Urban, Velocity, X2, Xtreme
Group C Camira
Aspen, Blossom, Cedar, Honeycomb, Linden, Main Line Flax, Poplar
Gabriel
Delfi
Group D Camira
24/7, Aquarius, Blazer, Hebden, Hemp, Hi-Tech, Intervene, Landscape, Oxygen, Silk, Synergy, Track, Trail
Gabriel
Europost 1701, Fame 2409, Pixel2
Group E Bute
Clyde, Elgin, Ramshead, Stuart, Troon, Turnberry
Camira
Century, Code, Craggan, Stripes
Gabriel
Digital, Gaja 2269
Group F Bute
Esk, Lewis, Heathered Tweed, Tay, Tutti Frutti, Tweed
Camira
Channel Quilted, Corrosion, Hourglass Quilted, The Nettle Collection, Zig Zag
Gabriel
Luna 2
LEATHER PRICE GROUPS Group L CrestJMT
Shelly
Yarwood
Style
Group M CrestJMT
Vele (excluding metallic)
Yarwood
Chelsea, Cosmopolitan, Hammersmith
Group N A Muirhead
Ingleston, Lustrana
Bridge of Weir
Caledonian 20:20, Grampian
Camira
Vintage
CrestJMT
Old English, Sauvage, Vele (metallic)
Yarwood
Capri
Subject to suitability we are happy to upholster chairs in customers own material (COM), which we will source direct on request. See listings on p.158-161 for
For upholstery enquiries, including queries regarding customer’s own material, please contact our Sales Office. Further information and samples are available from the fabric suppliers’ websites below: A Muirhead www.muirhead.co.uk Bridge of Weir www.bowleather.co.uk Bute www.butefabrics.com Camira www.camirafabrics.com
Chieftain www.chieftainfabrics.com CrestJMT www.crestjmtleather.co.uk Gabriel www.gabriel.dk Macflex www.macflex.com
Sven Price List January 2017
Vescom www.vescom.com Yarwood www.yarwood.co.uk
SEATING
COM meterage requirements.
131
WORKING CHAIRS – mechanism options M1 1:1 back/seat tilt mechanism with independent seat and back angle adjustments The seat angle and backrest angle can both be locked or floating. With the seat floating and backrest locked the combined seat/back tilts together. Adjustable tilt tension. A ‘lively’ mechanism with a lot of potential for personalisation to individual preferences – but needs user understanding to deliver maximum benefit. Available on G1 and G2.
Backrest angle float/lock Tilt tension
Seat angle float/lock Seat height
M2 Synchro mechanism with 2:1 back/seat movement Conventional synchro mechanism with tilt tension adjustable by a knob under the front of the seat. Available on G1 and G2.
Synchro float/lock
Tilt tension
Seat height
M3 Fixed seat with manual back rake adjustment Mandatory on cashier height chairs for safety reasons, but may also be specified on desk-height chairs. Available on G1.
SEATING
Backrest angle
132
Seat height
Sven Price List January 2017
WORKING CHAIRS – mechanism options MG Premium Synchro mechanism with 2:1 back/seat movement and integral seat depth adjustment Synchro mechanism with integral seat depth adjustment*. Tilt tension adjustable by a convenient pull-out knob at the side of the seat. Available on G2, G2E and G3. Standard on HBB and Ele. (*chairs fitted with the MG mechanism always have an adjustable depth seat, but on models where the seat pan also incorporates a sliding seat the seat depth adjustment is deleted from the mechanism for ergonomic and safety reasons, to avoid having two seat depth adjustments).
Tilt lock Seat depth
Tilt tension Seat height
M6 Premium Synchro mechanism with 2:1 back/seat movement with integral forwards tilt, variable initial back angle and integral seat depth adjustment Synchro mechanism offering an exceptional degree of recline. Tilt tension adjustable by a convenient winding handle at the side of the seat. Independent adjustment of backrest angle: this enables the user to set the initial angle between seat and backrest, which then opens out further as the seat and back recline. Forwards tilt function: pull out a small knob at one side of the seat and the range of motion of the seat increases to allow a forward seat tilt. Seat depth adjustment. Available on G3.
Forwards tilt enable/disable
Seat slide Backrest angle
Maximum recline with M2 synchro mechanism
Maximum recline with M6 premium synchro mechanism
Sven Price List January 2017
SEATING
Synchro float/lock
Tilt tension Seat height
133
SVEN G1 – working chair Certificated to BS5459: Part 2: 2000 (Strength and Stability) Certificated to BS EN 1335: Part 1: 2000 (Dimensions)
Price Group
Medium back, no arms G1M
Medium back with arms G1MA
Cashier chair, no arms G1MC
Cashier chair, with arms G1MCA
X A B C D E F L
POA
POA
POA
POA
M
POA
POA
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
POA
POA
Standard Specification B1 Black resin base with Black column, fitted 50mm castors [Cashier chair is fitted with glides in place of castors] M2 Synchro mechanism, fixed seat. [Cashier chair has M3 mechanism, 380mm column and footring] Arms, where specified, are height adjustable, with radiused soft PU top with forwards/backwards adjustment. Backrest height easily adjustable with concealed ratchet mechanism. Options B1 Polished Aluminium base......................................................................................................................................................................... M1 1:1 back/seat tilt mechanism with independent seat and back angle adjustments.................................................................................... M3 Fixed seat mechanism, back rake adjustment only (standard on cashier chair).........................................................................................Sliding seat with flexible seat front............................................................................................................................................................... Inflatable lumbar support............................................................................................................................................................................. Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)....................................................................................................................................... Upholstered back (same fabric range) Price Group X..................................................................................................................................... Upholstered back (same fabric range) Price Group A.....................................................................................................................................
SEATING
As standard, all castors are free-rolling, suitable for use on carpets or other soft flooring Castors with soft wheels (50mm) for hard surfaces – free-rolling................................................................................................................... Castors with soft wheels (50mm) for hard surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. Castors with hard wheels (50mm) for soft surfaces – braked when unloaded.................................................................................................
134
Sven Price List January 2017
SVEN G2 – working chair Certificated to BS5459: Part 2: 2000 (Strength and Stability) Certificated to BS EN 1335: Part 1: 2000 (Dimensions)
Price Group
Medium back, no arms G2M
Medium back with arms G2MA
High back, no arms G2H
High back with arms G2HA
X A B C D E F L
POA
POA
POA
POA
M
POA
POA
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
POA
POA
Standard Specification B2 Black resin base with Black column, fitted 60mm castors M2 Synchro mechanism. Fixed depth seat. Arms, where specified, are height adjustable, with rectangular soft PU top with forwards/backwards adjustment. Backrest height easily adjustable with concealed ratchet mechanism. Options B2 Polished Aluminium base......................................................................................................................................................................... Chrome column............................................................................................................................................................................................ M1 1:1 back/seat tilt mechanism with independent seat and back angle adjustments.................................................................................... MG Premium synchro mechanism................................................................................................................................................................. Sliding seat with flexible seat front............................................................................................................................................................... Inflatable lumbar support.............................................................................................................................................................................
SEATING
Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)....................................................................................................................................... As standard, all castors are free-rolling, suitable for use on carpets or other soft flooring Castors with soft wheels (60mm) for hard surfaces – free-rolling................................................................................................................... Castors with hard wheels (65mm) for soft surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. Castors with soft wheels (65mm) for hard surfaces – braked when unloaded.................................................................................................
Sven Price List January 2017
135
SVEN G2E – mesh back working chair Certificated to BS 5459: Part 2: 2000 (Strength and Stability) Certificated to BS EN 1335: Part 1: 2000 (Dimensions)
Price Group
Medium back with arms G2EA
X A B C D E F L
POA
M
POA
N
POA
Standard Specification B2 Black resin base with Black column, fitted 60mm castors MG Premium synchro mechanism, with fixed seat Arms are height adjustable, with rectangular soft PU top with forwards/backwards adjustment. Options B2 Polished Aluminium base......................................................................................................................................................................... Chrome column............................................................................................................................................................................................ Sliding seat with flexible seat front...............................................................................................................................................................
SEATING
As standard, all castors are free-rolling, suitable for use on carpets or other soft flooring Castors with soft wheels (60mm) for hard surfaces – free-rolling................................................................................................................... Castors with hard wheels (65mm) for soft surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. Castors with soft wheels (65mm) for hard surfaces – braked when unloaded.................................................................................................
136
Sven Price List January 2017
SVEN G3 – working chair Certificated to BS 5459: Part 2: 2000 (Strength and Stability) Certificated to BS EN 1335: Part 1: 2000 (Dimensions)
Price Group
Medium back, no arms G3M
Medium back with arms G3MA
High back, no arms G3H
High back with arms G3HA
M
POA
POA
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
POA
POA
X A B C D E F L
Standard Specification B3 Black resin base with Black column, fitted 60mm castors MG Premium synchro mechanism with sliding seat Arms, where specified, are height adjustable* with rectangular soft PU top with forwards/backwards adjustment. Backrest height easily adjustable with concealed ratchet mechanism. Options B3 Polished Aluminium base................................................................................................................. Chrome column.................................................................................................................................... M6 Premium synchro mechanism with forwards tilt, variable initial back angle and sliding seat............. Inflatable lumbar support..................................................................................................................... Headrest (any standard upholstery), for high back only.......................................................................... Coat hanger in Polished Chrome........................................................................................................... Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)...............................................................................
Note: G3 chairs are now fitted with an improved seat pan that further enhances comfort but does not permit the fitting of width adjustable arms as listed in our seating brochure.
Sven Price List January 2017
SEATING
As standard, all castors are free-rolling, suitable for use on carpets or other soft flooring Castors with soft wheels (60mm) for hard surfaces – free-rolling........................................................... Castors with hard wheels (65mm) for soft surfaces – braked when unloaded......................................... Castors with soft wheels (65mm) for hard surfaces – braked when unloaded.........................................
137
SVEN G8E – working chair and visitors chair
Price Group
High back, height adjustable arms G8EHA
Cantilever visitors armchair G8EVA
POA
POA
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
X A B C D E F L
Standard Specification – working chairs B1 Black resin base with Black column, fitted 50mm castors MG Premium synchro mechanism with sliding seat Height adjustable arms have a soft PU top with forwards/backwards adjustment. Backrest height easily adjustable with concealed ratchet mechanism. Options Polished Aluminium base.............................................................................................................................................................................. Chrome column............................................................................................................................................................................................ Adjustable lumbar support*......................................................................................................................................................................... As standard, all castors are free-rolling, suitable for use on carpets or other soft flooring Castors with soft wheels (50mm) for hard surfaces – free-rolling................................................................................................................... Castors with soft wheels (50mm) for hard surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. Castors with hard wheels (50mm) for soft surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. * The standard backrest is exceptionally comfortable and supportive and, with its inbuilt height adjustability, enables the contact point of the lumbar curve to be varied as required. The optional lumbar support provides a more pronounced, firm contact point which can be adjusted inwards and outwards, but we advise that the average user is likely to find the standard backrest more comfortable.
SEATING
Standard Specification – visitors armchairs Chrome frame Stackable, up to four high
138
Sven Price List January 2017
SVEN G4 – cantilever frame Certificated to BS4875: Part 1: 2007 Level 4 (heavy use) Certificated to BS EN 15373:2007 Level 2 (general use)
Price Group
No arms
With arms
G4
G4A
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
X A B C D E F L
Standard Specification – Zinc frame Options Frame in Black............................................................................................................................................................ no charge Frame in Polished Chrome......................................................................................................................................................... Hard floor glides....................................................................................................................................................................... Stacking frame option (stack up to five high).............................................................................................................................
SVEN G5 – metal legs Certificated to BS4875: Part 1: 2007 Level 4 (heavy use) Certificated to BS EN 15373:2007 Level 2 (general use)
Price Group
No arms
With arms
G5
G5A
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
X A B C D E F
Standard Specification – Zinc frame, static seat Options Frame in Black............................................................................................................................................................ no charge Frame in Polished Chrome......................................................................................................................................................... Freefloat™ tilting seat & back (see p.136)................................................................................................................................... Sven Price List January 2017
SEATING
L
139
SVEN G6 – cantilever frame Certificated to BS4875: Part 1: 2007 Level 4 (heavy use) Certificated to BS EN 15373:2007 Level 2 (general use)
Price Group
No arms
With arms
G6
G6A
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
X A B C D E F L
Optional stacking frame (G4 and G6)
Standard Specification – Zinc frame Options Frame in Black................................................................................................ no charge Frame in Polished Chrome............................................................................................. Hard floor glides........................................................................................................... Stacking frame option (stack up to five high).................................................................
SVEN G7 – metal legs Certificated to BS4875: Part 1: 2007 Level 4 (heavy use) Certificated to BS EN 15373:2007 Level 2 (general use)
Price Group
No arms
With arms
G7
G7A
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
X A B C D E F
SEATING
L
140
Standard Specification – Zinc frame, static seat Options Frame in Black............................................................................................................................................................ no charge Frame in Polished Chrome......................................................................................................................................................... Freefloat™ tilting seat & back (see p.136)...................................................................................................................................
Sven Price List January 2017
LOFTI – stool
Price Group
High stool LOF1
X A B C D E F L M N
POA POA POA
SEATING
Frame: Polished Chrome
Sven Price List January 2017
141
SVEN J1 – working chair and visitors chair – mesh back
Price Group (seat fabric)
High back, height adjustable arms, J1HA
Cantilever visitors armchair, J1VA
L
POA
POA
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
X A B C D E F
Standard Specification – working chairs Black or White mesh back (please specify) B1 Black resin base with Black column, fitted 60mm castors MG Premium synchro mechanism with sliding seat Height adjustable arms have a soft PU top with forwards/backwards adjustment. Backrest height easily adjustable with concealed ratchet mechanism. Options Polished Aluminium base.............................................................................................................................................................................. Chrome column............................................................................................................................................................................................ Sliding seat with flexible seat front............................................................................................................................................................... As standard, all castors are free-rolling, suitable for use on carpets or other soft flooring Castors with soft wheels (60mm) for hard surfaces – free-rolling................................................................................................................... Castors with soft wheels (65mm) for hard surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. Castors with hard wheels (65mm) for soft surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. Standard Specification – visitors armchairs Black or White mesh back (please specify) Chrome frame
SEATING
Options Hard floor glides..........................................................................................................................................................................................
142
Sven Price List January 2017
SVEN J2 – working chair and visitors chair – flexible plastic back
Price Group (seat fabric)
High back, height adjustable arms, J2HA
Cantilever visitors armchair, J2VA
POA
POA
X A B C D E F L M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
Standard Specification – working chairs Black or White flexible plastic back (please specify) B1 Black resin base with Black column, fitted 60mm castors MG Premium synchro mechanism with sliding seat Height adjustable arms have a soft PU top with forwards/backwards adjustment. Backrest height easily adjustable with concealed ratchet mechanism. Options Polished Aluminium base.............................................................................................................................................................................. Chrome column............................................................................................................................................................................................ Sliding seat with flexible seat front............................................................................................................................................................... As standard, all castors are free-rolling, suitable for use on carpets or other soft flooring Castors with soft wheels (60mm) for hard surfaces – free-rolling................................................................................................................... Castors with soft wheels (65mm) for hard surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. Castors with hard wheels (65mm) for soft surfaces – braked when unloaded................................................................................................. Standard Specification – visitors armchairs Black or White plastic back (please specify) Chrome frame
SEATING
Options Hard floor glides..........................................................................................................................................................................................
Sven Price List January 2017
143
LIGNI – chair Price Group
Chair NC1
X A B C D E F L M N Legs are 25mm ply with sides faced in veneer or laminate. Veneer finishes: Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge. Laminates: Black, White
LIGNI – stool
Price Group
High stool
Low stool
NS1
NS2
L
POA
POA
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
X A B C D E F
SEATING
Legs are 25mm ply with sides faced in veneer or laminate.
144
Veneer finishes: Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge. Laminates: Black, White High stool foot ring: Pearl Chrome
Sven Price List January 2017
LIGNI – bench seat
Price Group X A B C D E F L M N
1300mm long
1500mm long
1700mm long
NBS13
NBS15
NBS17
POA POA POA
POA POA POA
POA POA POA
Legs are 36mm ply with sides faced in veneer or laminate. Veneer finishes: Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge. Laminates: Black, White
HITABLE – bench seat
Size
Code
MFC Veneer
Bench seats 450mm high (for 750mm high tables) 1100 x 320 HTB114/**/EME
Optional Cushions (by fabric Price Group*) A B C D E F
L POA
M POA
N POA
HTB174/**/EME
POA
POA
POA
2300 x 320
HTB234/**/EME
POA
POA
POA
SEATING
1700 x 320
Sven Price List January 2017
145
HBB – working and conference chairs
Price Group
Medium back working chair HBB1MA
High back working chair HBB1HA
Medium back conference chair HBB2MA
High back conference chair HBB2HA
X A B C D E F L M N
HBB1 models height adjustable and fitted MG Premium synchro mechanism with seat depth adjustment, on Polished Aluminium base. HBB2 swivel only. Moulded arms with soft touch inserts. Options Headrest (all finishes)................................................................................................... Coat hanger in Polished Chrome................................................................................... Ele-style upholstered arms............................................................................................ Adjustable height arms................................................................................................. Optional headrest and coat hanger
Price Group
Medium back conference chair HBB3MA
High back conference chair HBB3HA
Adjustable arms
X A B C D
Ele-style upholstered arms
E
SEATING
F
146
L M N
Frames in Polished Chrome. Moulded arms with soft touch inserts Ele-style upholstered arms............................................................................................ Sven Price List January 2017
ELE – working and conference chairs
Price Group
Medium back working chair EL1MA
High back working chair EL1HA
Medium back conference chair EL2M
Medium back conference armchair EL2MA
High back conference chair EL2H
High back conference armchair EL2HA
X A B C D E F L M N
EL1 models height adjustable and fitted MG Premium synchro mechanism with seat depth adjustment, on Polished Aluminium base. EL2 swivel and height adjustable.
Price Group
Medium back conference chair EL3M
Medium back conference armchair EL3MA
High back conference chair EL3H
High back conference armchair EL3HA
Bar Stool EL4
X A B C D E F M N
Frames in Polished Chrome Optional hard floor glides............................................................................................. Sven Price List January 2017
SEATING
L
147
FULCRUM F1 – timber frame Certificated to BS4875: Part 1: 2007 Level 5 (severe contract use) Certificated to BS EN 15373:2007 Level 3 (severe use)
Price Group
Upholstered back, upholstered arms F1AU
Upholstered back, timber capped arms F1AT
Upholstered back, Black leather capped arms F1AL
X A B C D E F L
See F1AU (two columns to left) and note below *
M N
Standard Specification Timber frame in Light Oak. Timber capped arms (where applicable) in Light Oak, Maple, Cherry, Natural Cherry or Natural Walnut, or stained to suit Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Smoked Oak or Wenge. Static seat/back. *Chairs ordered in fabric with upholstered arms will be supplied with matching fabric arms. Chairs ordered in leather with upholstered arms will be supplied with matching leather arms, so if you want a chair upholstered in leather with leather arms, order an F1AU. We do not price leather chairs in the F1AL column to avoid customers accidentally ordering coloured leather chairs with Black leather arms. Options Frame in Maple or Cherry............................................................................................................................................................................ Frame stained to suit Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Smoked Oak or Wenge................................................................................................. Frame in Natural Cherry or Natural Walnut* ................................................................................................................................................ (NB only certain frame finishes carry additional cost. Timber arms in all finishes are the same price) Freefloat™ tilting seat/back..........................................................................................................................................................................
SEATING
™
148
Freefloat™ is available as a (highly recommended) option on models F1, F2, F4, G5 and G7 and provides a smooth range of movement from a forward tilt of -3° to a rear tilt of +10°. The central pivot ensures the chair follows user movement naturally and without conscious thought. The automatically progressive resistance requires no user adjustment and, because no controls are required, the Freefloat™ mechanism does not alter the chair’s visual appearance.
Sven Price List January 2017
FULCRUM F2 – timber frame Certificated to BS4875: Part 1: 2007 Level 5 (severe contract use) Certificated to BS EN 15373:2007 Level 3 (severe use)
Price Group
Upholstered back, Polished Aluminium arms F2AA
Upholstered back, timber arms F2AT
X A B C D E F L M N
Standard Specification Timber frame in Light Oak. Static seat/back. Arms in Polished Aluminium or matching timber. Options Frame in Maple or Cherry............................................................................................................................................................................ Frame stained to suit Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Smoked Oak or Wenge................................................................................................. Frame in Natural Cherry or Natural Walnut* ................................................................................................................................................ (NB only certain frame finishes carry additional cost. Timber arms in all finishes are the same price) Freefloat™ tilting seat/back..........................................................................................................................................................................
™
SEATING
Freefloat™ is available as a (highly recommended) option on models F1, F2, F4, G5 and G7 and provides a smooth range of movement from a forward tilt of -3° to a rear tilt of +10°. The central pivot ensures the chair follows user movement naturally and without conscious thought. The automatically progressive resistance requires no user adjustment and, because no controls are required, the Freefloat™ mechanism does not alter the chair’s visual appearance.
Sven Price List January 2017
149
FULCRUM F3 – cantilever frame Certificated to BS4875: Part 1: 2007 Level 4 (heavy use) Certificated to BS EN 15373:2007 Level 2 (general use)
Price Group
Upholstered back, no arms F3
Upholstered back, upholstered arms F3AU
Upholstered back, timber capped arms F3AT
Upholstered back, Black leather capped arms F3AL
X A B C D E F L See F3AU (two columns to left) and note below *
M N
Standard Specification Steel cantilever frame in Zinc. Timber capped arms (where applicable) in Light Oak, Maple, Cherry, Natural Cherry or Natural Walnut, or stained to suit Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Smoked Oak or Wenge. *Chairs ordered in fabric with upholstered arms will be supplied with matching fabric arms. Chairs ordered in leather with upholstered arms will be supplied with matching leather arms, so if you want a chair upholstered in leather with leather arms, order an F3AU. We do not price leather chairs in the F3AL column to avoid customers accidentally ordering coloured leather chairs with Black leather arms.
SEATING
Options Frame in Black.................................................................................................................................................................................no charge Frame in Polished Chrome.............................................................................................................................................................................. Hard floor glides............................................................................................................................................................................................ Stacking frame option (stack up to three high)................................................................................................................................................
150
Sven Price List January 2017
FULCRUM F4 – metal legs Certificated to BS4875: Part 1: 2007 Level 5 (severe contract use) Certificated to BS EN 15373:2007 Level 3 (severe use)
Price Group
Upholstered back, no arms F4
Upholstered back, upholstered arms F4AU
Upholstered back, timber capped arms F4AT
Upholstered back, Black leather capped arms F4AL
X A B C D E F L See F4AU (two columns to left) and note below *
M N
Standard Specification Steel legs in Zinc. Timber capped arms (where applicable) in Light Oak, Maple, Cherry, Natural Cherry or Natural Walnut, or stained to suit Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Smoked Oak or Wenge. *Chairs ordered in fabric with upholstered arms will be supplied with matching fabric arms. Chairs ordered in leather with upholstered arms will be supplied with matching leather arms, so if you want a chair upholstered in leather with leather arms, order an F3AU. We do not price leather chairs in the F3AL column to avoid customers accidentally ordering coloured leather chairs with Black leather arms. Options Frame in Black................................................................................................................................................................................no charge Frame in Polished Chrome............................................................................................................................................................................. Freefloat™ tilting seat/back............................................................................................................................................................................
™
SEATING
Freefloat™ is available as a (highly recommended) option on models F1, F2, F4, G5 and G7 and provides a smooth range of movement from a forward tilt of -3° to a rear tilt of +10°. The central pivot ensures the chair follows user movement naturally and without conscious thought. The automatically progressive resistance requires no user adjustment and, because no controls are required, the Freefloat™ mechanism does not alter the chair’s visual appearance.
Sven Price List January 2017
151
Oyster – breakout chairs
Price Group
Medium back upholstered
Medium back timber/lacquer
High back upholstered
High back timber/lacquer
Skid base
4-star base
Skid base
4-star base
Skid base
4-star base
Skid base
4-star base
OYMU1
OYMU2
OYMT1
OYMT2
OYHU1
OYHU2
OYHT1
OYHT2
Width
630mm
740mm
630mm
740mm
630mm
740mm
630mm
740mm
Depth
600mm
740mm
600mm
740mm
600mm
740mm
600mm
740mm
Height
810mm
805mm
810mm
805mm
1005mm
990mm
1005mm
990mm
X A B C D E F L M N
Standard Specifications Skid frame in Chrome or 4-star base in Polished Aluminium Timber shell veneered in Light Oak or Natural Walnut or lacquered in high Gloss White or Black.
SEATING
Options Replace 4-star base with height adjustable 5-star base with multi-directional tilt........................................................................ Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range).................................................................................................................... (on two-tone with upholstered backs please specify colours for shell, seat cushion and back cushion)
152
Sven Price List January 2017
HB3 – sofas and chair
Price Group
Single seat
Two seat
Three seat
HB31
HB32
HB33
1110 x 850 x 710mm
2190 x 850 x 710mm
2870 x 850 x 710mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Standard Specification – Frame in Zinc
SEATING
Options Frame in Black.....................................................................................................................................no charge Frame in Polished Chrome.................................................................................................................................. Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)............................................................................................. These are large single-piece units: please ensure that building access is adequate. In the even of direct delivery to site failed delivery charges may be payable if delivery cannot be effected due to inadequate access.
Sven Price List January 2017
153
WELCOME – sofas and chair
Price Group
Single seat
Two seat
Three seat
WE1
WE2
WE3
880 x 800 x 800mm
1470 x 800 x 800mm
2060 x 800 x 800mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Finishes for feet Feet: Light Oak, Cherry, Maple, Natural Walnut, Ebonised Black
SEATING
Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)....................................
154
Sven Price List January 2017
WELCOME – coffee tables
Price Group 1
Square
Rectangular
WECS
WECR
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
800 x 800 x 400mm
1010 x 600 x 400mm
Top Finish: Group 1 – MFC Beech, Black, Concrete, Macassar, Maple, Natural Oak, Natural Walnut, Slate, Wenge, White, Zebrano, Zebrano Sand. Group 2 – Veneer Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge. Group 3 Clear Glass
Group 4 Black Mirror Glass, White Glass
Foot Finish Foot Finish
MFC
Top
Foot Finish
Veneer
Beech
Maple stained to Beech
Maple
Maple
Black
Ebonised Black
Smoked Oak
Ebonised Black
Macassar
Ebonised Black
Natural Walnut
Natural Walnut
Maple
Maple
Macassar Tan
Ebonised Black
Natural Oak
Light Oak
Cherry
Cherry
Natural Walnut
Natural Walnut
Macassar Gold
Ebonised Black
White
(please advise preference)
Light Oak
Light Oak
Zebrano
Ebonised Black
Zebrano Sand
(please advise preference)
Glass Clear Glass
(please advise preference)
Black Mirror Glass
Ebonised Black
White Glass
Ebonised Black
Two-tone seat/plinth upholstery (same fabric range).......................
Sven Price List January 2017
SEATING
Top
155
MONDAY – sofa and chair
Price Group
Single seat
Two seat
MN1
MN2
740 x 670 x 690mm
1240 x 670 x 690mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Frames in Polished Chrome Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)...................
MONDAY – coffee table
Square MNCS Price Group Overall dimensions W x D x H
1
2
3
650 x 650 x 400mm
Frames in Polished Chrome. Top Finish: Group 1 – MFC
SEATING
Beech, Black, Concrete, Macassar, Maple, Natural Oak, Natural Walnut, Slate, Wenge, White, Zebrano, Zebrano Sand.
156
Group 2 – Veneer Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge. Group 3 Clear Glass
Sven Price List January 2017
CLARITY – sofas and chairs
Price Group
Single seat – CL1
Two seat – CL2
Three seat – CL3
880 x 680 x 690mm
1600 x 680 x 690mm
2050 x 680 x 690mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Feet in Polished Aluminium as standard. Replace feet with hardwood frame in Light Oak, Cherry, Maple, Natural Walnut or Ebonised Black: CL1 , CL2 , CL3 Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range).................
CLARITY – corner sofas Price Group
Corner – CLUCL (left) CLUCR (right)
X A B C D E F
CLUCL (left)
L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
1600 x 1600/680 x 690mm
Feet in Polished Aluminium as standard. Replace feet with hardwood frame in Light Oak, Cherry, Maple, Natural Walnut or Ebonised Black:.......................................... Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range).................
SEATING
CLUCR (right)
Sven Price List January 2017
157
CLARITY – benches and scatter cushions
Price Group
Square – CLBS
Rectangular – CLBR
Scatter cushion – CLST
X A B C D E F L
POA
M
POA
N
POA
Overall dimensions W x D x H
680 x 680 x 460mm
1010 x 600 x 460mm
610 x 170 x 320mm
Feet in Polished Aluminium as standard. Replace feet with hardwood frame in Light Oak, Natural Walnut or Ebonised Black: CLBS , CLBR Two-tone seat/base upholstery (same fabric range)....................
CLARITY – coffee tables
Price Group
Square – CLCS 1
2
3
Rectangular – CLCR 4
1
2
3
4
X A B C D E F L M N
SEATING
Overall dimensions W x D x H
158
680 x 680 x 420mm
1010 x 600 x 420mm
Feet in Polished Aluminium as standard. Replace feet with hardwood frame in Light Oak, Natural Walnut or Ebonised Black: CLCS , CLCR Price Group 1 – MFC: Beech, Black, Concrete, Macassar, Maple, Natural Oak, Natural Walnut, Slate, Wenge, White, Zebrano, Zebrano Sand. Price Group 2 – Veneer: Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge. Price Group 3 – Clear Glass Price Group 4: Black Mirror Glass, White Glass Sven Price List January 2017
CLARITY CURVE – sofa
Price Group
Curve
Straight
CLVC
CLVS
880 x 680 x 690mm
1600 x 680 x 690mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Feet in Polished Aluminium
SEATING
Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range).................
Sven Price List January 2017
159
LILY – sofa
Price Group
Two seat LY2
X A B C D E F L M
POA
N
POA
Overall dimensions W x D x H
1880 x 715 x 760mm
Legs in Polished Chrome as standard In Black or Zinc............................................................. deduct Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)...................
LILY – pad
Price Group
Round LYP
X A B C D E F L
SEATING
M
160
POA
N
POA
Overall dimensions Diam. x H
550 x 460mm
Legs in Polished Chrome as standard In Black or Zinc............................................................. deduct
Sven Price List January 2017
HB1 – sofa and chairs
Price Group
Round tube legs
Round tube legs
Disc base
HB1L
HB12L
HB1D
750 x 700 x 760mm
750 x 700 x 760mm
1390 x 700 x 760mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Standard leg/base finish:....................Zinc......................................................... Zinc....................................................Chrome Options Legs/base in Black............................... no charge.................................................no charge............................................. no charge Legs/base in polished chrome........................................................................................................................................... standard Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range): ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
HB1 – coffee table
Price Group
HB1C
1 2 Overall dimensions W x D x H
650 x 700 x 375mm
Standard Specification – Legs in Zinc
Top Finish: Group 1 – MFC Beech, Black, Concrete, Macassar, Maple, Natural Oak, Natural Walnut, Slate, Wenge, White, Zebrano, Zebrano Sand. Group 2 – Veneer Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge. Sven Price List January 2017
SEATING
Options Legs in Black......................................................no charge Legs in Polished Chrome....................................................
161
SKOOP – chairs
Price Group
4-star base upholstered back
Skid base upholstered back
SK1U
SK2U
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
840 x 670 x 850mm
SEATING
4-star base is Polished Aluminium. Skid base is Polished Chrome. Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)...................
162
Sven Price List January 2017
PRIVACY POD – sofa and chair (including cushion)
Price Group
Single seat
Two seat
POD1
POD2
POA
POA
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
Overall dimensions W x D x H
840 x 670 x 1300mm
1420 x 670 x 1300mm
X A B C D E F L
Feet in Polished Chrome Two-tone interior/exterior – same fabric range.............................................................. Two-tone Camira Blazer: interior quilt, exterior plain......................................... Group F Scatter cushion in different colour (same fabric range).................................... no charge Scatter cushion in different colour (different fabric range)....................................... POA (the cushion can be raised vertically when sitting to suit individual preference, but is attached to the chair so it cannot go missing)
SEATING
Caution: POD1 and POD2 are one-piece units. Please check building access before ordering.
Sven Price List January 2017
163
SCREEND™ – high-back sofas
Price band X A B C D E F L M N WxDxH
Single Seat
Two seat
Three seat
SCR1
SCR2
SCR3
POA POA POA 1036x700x1358mm
POA POA POA 1636x700x1358mm
POA POA POA 2236x700x1358mm
Single seat
Two seat
Three seat
SCRL1
SCRL2
SCRL3
POA POA POA 1036x700x758mm
POA POA POA 1636x700x758mm
POA POA POA 2236x700x758mm
SCREEND™ – low-back sofas
SEATING
Price band X A B C D E F L M N WxDxH
All dimensions are nominal.
164
Sven Price List January 2017
SCREEND™ – booths
Price band X A B C D E F L M N WxDxH
Finish
Two seat SCRB1
Four seat SCRB2
Six seat SCRB3
POA POA POA 2100x1036x1358mm
POA POA POA 2100x1636x1358mm
POA POA POA 2100x2236x1358mm
Table for 2-seat booth
Table for 4-seat booth
Table for 6-seat booth
25mm edge SCRT1 Thin edge SCRT1TE 25mm edge SCRT2 Thin edge SCRT2TE 25mm edge SCRT3 Thin edge SCRT3TE MFC Veneer WxDxH
600(400)x500x707 mm
600(400)x1100x707mm
600(400)x1700x707mm
On MFC tops, by default the edge will match the top finish, but may optionally be specified in Ply, Black or White. MFC finishes: Beech, Black, Concrete, Macassar, Maple, Natural Oak, Natural Walnut, Slate, Wenge, White, Zebrano, Zebrano Sand. On veneer tops, by default the edge will match the top finish, but may optionally be specified in Ply. Veneer finishes: Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge.
Options Two, three or four-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)................... Cable port in table....................................................................................... Cable port through link panel (below table top)............................................
SEATING
Feet and the table leg are 36mm ply with sides faced in any of the above veneers, or in Black or White laminate.
All dimensions are nominal.
Sven Price List January 2017
165
IRIS – sofa and chair
Price Group
Single seat
Two seat
IR1
IR2
M
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
Overall dimensions W x D x H
690 x 585 x 780mm
1240 x 585 x 780mm
X A B C D E F L
Feet in Polished Chrome
SHROOMS – stools
Price Group
Cuboid
Cylinder
Prism
SH1
SH2
SH3
M
POA
POA
POA
N
POA
POA
POA
Overall dimensions W x D x H
510 x 510 x 465mm
510 x 510 x 465mm
510 x 510 x 465mm
X A B C D E F
SEATING
L
166
Two-tone top/base upholstery (same fabric range).......................................................................................... Timber plinth in Light Oak, Cherry, Maple, Natural Walnut, Ebonised Black, Gloss White or Gloss Black:...........
Sven Price List January 2017
KRYSTAL – coffee tables
KY1
KY2
KY3
400 diam. x 450mm high
600 diam. x 400mm high
800 diam. x 400mm high
Clear Glass top Black, White or Frosted Glass top Overall dimensions W x D x H
Bases are always in Clear Glass.
SS – coffee tables
Price Group Overall dimensions W x D x H
Square
Rectangular
SSCS
SSCR
1
2 700 x 700 x 390mm
1
2 1200 x 700 x 390mm
Frames in Polished Chrome Top Finish: Group 1 – MFC Beech, Black, Concrete, Macassar, Maple, Natural Oak, Natural Walnut, Slate, Wenge, White, Zebrano, Zebrano Sand.
SEATING
Group 2 – Veneer Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge.
Sven Price List January 2017
167
LUX – sofa and chair
Price Group
Single seat
Two seat
LUX1
LUX2
720 x 650 x 780mm
1290 x 650 x 780mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Feet in Polished Aluminium Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range)...................
KADIA – sofas and chair
Price Group
Single seat
Two seat
Three seat
KA1
KA2
KA3
830 x 820 x 710mm
1660 x 820 x 710mm
2490 x 820 x 710mm
X A B C D E F
SEATING
L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Frames in Polished Chrome
168
Sven Price List January 2017
TUESDAY – chair and sofa
Price Group
Upholstered back
Upholstered back
TU1
TU2
640 x 640 x 830mm
1360 x 640 x 830mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
SEATING
Frames in Polished Chrome Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range).......................................................
Sven Price List January 2017
169
FRIDAY – sofas and chairs
Price Group
One seat Upholstered back
Two Seat Upholstered back
One seat Timber back
Two seat Timber back
FR1U
FR2U
FR1T
FR2T
820 x 710 x 710mm
1350 x 710 x 710mm
820 x 710 x 710mm
1350 x 710 x 710mm
X A B C D E F L M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Feet in Polished Chrome, or optionally in timber stained to match any of the timber back options listed below. Timber back in Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge, or lacquered in high Gloss White or Black Two-tone seat/back upholstery (same fabric range).......................................................
FRIDAY – benches
Price Group
Square
Rectangular
FRBS
FRBR
700 x 700 x 440mm
1400 x 700 x 440mm
X A B C D E F
SEATING
L
170
M N Overall dimensions W x D x H
Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge, or lacquered in high Gloss White or Black Sven Price List January 2017
FRIDAY – coffee tables
Price Group
Square
Rectangular
FRCS
FRCR
1
Overall dimensions W x D x H
2
3
700 x 700 x 350mm
1
2
3
1400 x 700 x 350mm
Top Finish: Group 1 – Veneer Cherry, Light Oak, Macassar Gold, Macassar Tan, Maple, Natural Cherry, Natural Walnut, Smoked Oak, Wenge or lacquered in high Gloss White or Black. Group 2 Clear Glass
Group 3 Black Mirror Glass
SEATING
Table Frame Finish: Veneered tops are supplied with matching frame. Please specify preferred frame finish with glass tops.
Sven Price List January 2017
171
PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS (in mm) – Working Chairs B
C G D
A
E F
H
A
SEATING
Model
172
B
Chair Height
C
D
Chair Width Height of Backrest
Seat Width
E Seat Depth
F
G
H
Seat Height of Height Armrest
Foot Base COM Fabric in Diameter Linear Metres
Ele EL1MA
900-1020
590
510
525
470
490-630
160
688
1.6
Ele EL1HA
1110-1240
590
720
525
470
490-630
160
688
2.0
Ele EL2M
900-1020
520
510
525
470
490-630
n/a
630
1.6
Ele EL2MA
900-1020
590
510
525
470
490-630
160
630
1.6
Ele EL2H
1110-1240
520
720
525
470
490-630
n/a
630
2.0
Ele EL2HA
1110-1240
590
720
525
470
490-630
160
630
2.0
G1M
950-1100
500
520-590
500
455
460-580
n/a
690
0.7
G1MA
950-1100
630
520-590
500
455
460-580
160-240
690
0.7
G1MC
1180-1350
630
520-590
500
455
590-870
n/a
690
0.7
G1MCA
1180-1350
630
520-590
500
455
590-870
160-240
690
0.7
G2M
950-1070
610
530-600
500
455
490-610*
n/a
600
0.7
G2MA
950-1070
610
530-600
500
455
490-610*
250-330
600
0.7
G2HA
990-1170
610
600-680
500
455
500-620
250-330
600
0.7
G2EA
910-1040
610
520
500
455
500-620
250-330
600
0.6
G2KA
1090-1210
610
655
500
480
500-620
250-330
600
0.7
G3MA
930-1050 595 (A3 arms) 665 (A4 arms)
500-550
490
455
480-600
190-290
650
1.2
G3HA
1015-1135 595 (A3 arms) 665 (A4 arms)
590-670
490
455
480-600
190-290
650
1.4
HBB1HA
1070-1200
595
640
500
465
460-590
190
700
2.5
G8E
1020-1150
500
600-680
480 470-520
460-580
n/a
690
0.6
G8EAA
1020-1150
600
600-680
480 470-520
460-580
180
690
0.6
G8EHA
1020-1150
650
600-680
480 470-520
460-580
170-250
690
0.6
HBB1MA
880-1010
595
440
500
465
460-590
190
700
1.9
HBB2HA
1100
595
640
500
465
520
690
700
2.5
HBB2MA
910
595
440
500
465
520
690
700
1.9
J1HA
1010-1140
630
575-655
500
455
480-610
175-265
650
0.6
J2HA
1025-1145
630
590-650
500
455
480-610
175-265
650
0.6
J3HA
1030-1140
630
595-655
500
455
480-610
175-265
650
0.6
* Seat height measurements when fitted with M1/M2/M3 mechanism. Increase by 10mm with MG and M6 mechanism. All dimensions are nominal.
Sven Price List January 2017
PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS (in mm) – Conference and Meeting chairs
C
C
A
A
G F
E H
D B
A Model
G F
B
C
Chair Chair Width Height
D B
D
E
F
Height of Backrest
Seat Width
Seat Depth
Seat Height
E H
G
H
Height of Armrest
Chair Depth
COM Fabric in Linear Metres
Ele EL3M
890
555
500
515
470
525
n/a
695
1.6
Ele EL3MA
890
570
500
515
470
525
650
695
1.6
Ele EL3H
1100
555
720
515
470
525
n/a
695
2.0
Ele EL3HA
860
570
720
515
470
525
650
695
2.0
470
190
470
430
720
n/a
545
1.0
Ele EL4 900
580
460
470
450
480
640
500
1.4
Fulcrum F2
900
580
460
470
450
480
640
500
1.4
Fulcrum F3
900
580
460
470
450
480
650
500
1.4
Fulcrum F4
900
580
460
470
450
480
650
500
1.4
G4
900
530
440
470
450
410
650
580
1.2
G5
900
540
440
470
450
410
670
570
1.2
G6
900
530
440
470
450
410
650
580
1.2
G7
900
540
440
470
450
410
670
570
1.2
G8
890
525
410
480
450
500
650
600
0.6
HBB3HA
1050
590
640
500
465
470
640
605
2.5
HBB3MA
840
590
430
500
465
470
640
605
1.9
Ligni NC1
890
470
450
470
455
480
n/a
620
1.2
Ligni NS1
762
530
n/a
350
350
762
n/a
530
0.6
Ligni NS2
470
409
n/a
350
350
470
n/a
409
0.6
Ligni NBS13
470
1300
n/a
1300
350
470
n/a
337
0.6
Ligni NBS15
470
1500
n/a
1500
350
470
n/a
337
1.6
Ligni NBS17
470
1700
n/a
1700
350
470
n/a
337
1.8
Lofti LOF1
890
470
170
400
340
730
n/a
585
1.7
J1VA
930
615
510
480
460
475
675
530
0.6
J2VA
945
615
525
480
460
475
675
530
0.6
J3VA
950
615
530
480
460
475
675
530
0.6
SEATING
Fulcrum F1
All dimensions are nominal.
Sven Price List January 2017
173
PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS (in mm) – Reception and Breakout Seating E G
A F
D B
All dimensions are nominal.
SEATING
Model
174
Clarity CL1 CL2 CL3 CLUCL CLUCR CLBS CLBR CLCS CLCR CLVC CLVS CLUCL/CLUCR Friday FR1U/FR1T FR2U/FR2T FRBS FRBR HB1 HB1 HB12L HB3 HB31 HB32 HB33 Iris IR1 IR2 Kadia KA1 KA2 KA3 Lux LUX1 LUX2 Lily LY2 LYP
A
B
Chair Height
Chair Width
690 690 690 690 690 460 460
880 1600 2050 2050 2050 680 1010
780 780 690
C
C
D
Backrest Ht. Seat Width
E
F
H
Seat Depth
Seat Height
Chair Depth 680 680 680 1600 1600 680 600
COM Fabric in Linear Metres
1930 1580 2050
290 290 290 290 290 n/a n/a n/a n/a 380 380 290
550 1210 1650 1650 1650 680 1010 680 1010 1680 1580 1220/1680
500 500 500 500 500 680 600 680 600 450 450 500
460 460 460 460 460 460 460 420 420 410 410 460
665 665 1580
3.2 4.9 7.0 9.8 9.8 1.3 2.0 1.6 2.2 5.6 5.4 9.8
710 710 440 440
820 1350 700 1400
330 330 n/a n/a
540 1190 700 1400
490 490 700 700
440 440 440 440
710 710 700 700
3.4/2.0 4.4/3.4 1.0 1.4
760 760
750 1390
300 300
520 1160
480 480
460 460
700 700
2.3 3.0
710 710 710
1110 2190 2870
430 430 430
700 1400 2100
540 540 540
370 370 370
850 850 850
4.0 8.0 11.0
780 780
690 1240
340 340
450 1000
430 430
450 450
585 585
3.2 4.0
710 710 710
830 1660 2490
430 430 430
550 1110 1660
560 560 560
440 440 440
820 820 820
2.0 4.0 6.0
780 780
720 1290
330 330
520 1100
480 480
490 490
650 650
2.7 3.9
760 465
1880 550
300 n/a
1880 550
475 550
460 460
715 550
3.2 1.0
Sven Price List January 2017
PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS (in mm) – Reception and Breakout Seating E G
A F
D B
All dimensions are nominal.
A Model
B
Chair Height
Monday MN1 690 MN2 690 Oyster – upholstered back OYMU1 810 OYMU2 805 OYHU1 1005 OYHU2 990 Oyster –timber back OYMT1 810 OYMT2 805 OYHT1 1005 OYHT2 990 Privacy Pod POD1 1300 POD2 1300
ScreenD SCR1 SCR2 SCR3 SCRL1 SCRL2 SCRL3 SCRB1 SCRB2 SCRB3 Shrooms Cuboid SH1 Cylinder SH2 Prism SH3 Skoop SK1 Sk2 Tuesday TU1 TU2 Welcome WE1 WE2 WE3 WECS WECR
C
C
Chair Width Backrest Ht.
Overall width of a ScreenD booth 2100mm
D
E
F
H
Seat Width
Seat Depth
Seat Height
Chair Depth
COM Fabric in Linear Metres
740 1240
340 340
430 930
450 450
440 440
670 670
2.4 3.1
630 740 630 740
405 640 405 640
525 525 525 525
475 475 475 475
440 420 440 420
600 740 600 740
2.5 2.5 3 3
630 740 630 740
405 640 405 640
525 525 525 525
475 475 475 475
440 420 440 420
600 740 600 740
1.2 1.2 1.5 1.5
840 1420
910 910
590 1160
560 560
420 420
840 1420
5.6/0.8 11.2/1.6
1358 1358 1358 758 758 758 1358 1358 1358
1036 1636 2236 1036 1636 2236 1036 1636 2236
900 900 900 300 300 300 900 900 900
590 1190 1790 590 1190 1790 590 1190 1790
478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478
458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458 458
700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700
7.0 9.4 11.8 5.5 7.0 8.5 8.6 20.4 25.2
465 465 465
510 510 510
510 510 510
510 510 510
465 465 465
510 510 510
1 1 1
850 850
840 840
460 460
440 440
480 480
420 420
670 670
2.7 2.7
830 870
660 1360
430 410
510 1220
450 450
470 430
640 640
2.9 4.3
800 800 800
880 1470 2060
430 430 430 n/a n/a
570 1160 1760 800 1010
510 510 510 800 600
420 420 420 400 400
800 800 800
4.6 6.4 8.4 2.8 2.2
Sven Price List January 2017
SEATING
i
175
FINISHES
MFC
Beech MFC (BB)
Black (BK)
Concrete (CC)
Maple MFC (GM)
Macassar MFC (MC)
Natural Oak MFC (NO)
Natural Walnut MFC (WN)
Wenge MFC (WG)
Slate MFC (SL)
White MFC (WH) / Gloss White MFC
Zebrano MFC (ZB)
Zebrano Sand MFC (ZS)
Veneers
Lacquer
Cherry veneer (CY)
Light Oak veneer (LO)
Macassar Gold veneer (MG)
High Gloss White lacquer
Macassar Tan veneer (MT)
Maple veneer (MA)
Natural Cherry veneer (CN)
High Gloss Black lacquer
Natural Walnut veneer (NW)
Smoked Oak veneer (SO)
Wenge veneer (WE)
Burr Madrona veneer
Burr Oak veneer
Burr Walnut veneer
Black (BK)
Faux Chrome (FC)
Raw Steel - Gloss Coated (RG)
Raw Steel - Matt Coated (RM)
Slate (SL)
White (WH)
Zinc (ZN)
Exotic Veneers
Birds-Eye Maple veneer
Metal
Colour accuracy - Due to variations in lighting and the limitations of the printing process, variations in colour may occur between the illustrations in this brochure and manufactured items. Samples of all our finishes are available on request from our Customer Service Department.
176
Sven Price List January 2017
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE 1. GENERAL (a) Sven Christiansen plc, hereinafter referred to as Sven plc, provide all quotations and accept all orders for the supply of furniture and goods as detailed in any quotation and/or order subject only to the terms and conditions which follow and to the exclusion of all other guarantees, conditions and warranties (including any as to quality and fitness for any particular purpose) whether express or implied by statute or common law or otherwise. In the event of a purchaser’s order containing conditions such conditions are only binding insofar as they are not inconsistent with Sven plc’s terms and conditions as herein set out. (b) No additions to or variations from Sven plc’s acknowledged price or terms and conditions shall have effect unless such variation or addition is expressly accepted by Sven plc in writing under the hand of a Director. Sven plc’s employees or agents are not authorised to make any representations unless confirmed by a director of the company in writing. On ordering any goods and furniture and being accepted by Sven plc the Purchaser acknowledges that the contract is entered into incorporating the terms and conditions herein set out and it does not rely on and waives any claim for breach of any such representations which are not so confirmed. (c) Catalogues, price lists and other advertising matter shall not form part of any contract between Sven plc and the purchaser. Any typographical, clerical or other error, or error of omission in any sales literature, quotations, price list or any other document or information issued by Sven plc shall not be binding on Sven plc and shall be subject to correction without liability to Sven plc as vendor or provider. (d) No claims for loss or damage to furniture and goods, materials and purchaser’s property, claims for bad workmanship (save as set out below) or claims for furniture and goods invoiced but not received, will be considered unless Sven plc is advised in writing within 3 days from the date of final invoice. In the event that a purchaser fails to give the appropriate notice and does not notify Sven plc in writing within the specified three day period, the purchaser’s claim will deem to have been waived and the Purchaser will be barred from making any further or other claim in respect thereof. (e) Sven plc furniture is guaranteed for a period of five years against any defects resulting from faulty materials or workmanship, or for three years in the case of moving parts, provided that: i) The furniture and goods have not been subjected to any unauthorised repair or misused, abused or altered in any way whatsoever. ii) The furniture and goods have been properly installed, connected and assembled (if such works were not carried out by Sven plc). iii) Any fault or defect with the furniture and/or goods is notified in writing within three days of becoming evident. iv) The furniture and goods are returned appropriately packaged, carriage paid, to Sven plc, unless expressly agreed otherwise by Sven plc. v) Sven plc shall be under no liability in respect of any defect arising from wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, abnormal usage or working environment, or failure to follow the manufacturer’s or other provider’s instructions whether oral or in writing. vi) Sven plc shall be under no liability with regard to any warranty or guarantee if the total price of the furniture and goods was not paid by the due payment date as specified in the Sven plc written acceptance of the said order. vii) Subject as expressly provided for in these Terms and Conditions and except where the Furniture and goods are sold to a person dealing as a consumer (within the meaning of the Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977) all warranties, conditions or other terms implied by statute or common law are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law. viii) References to Purchaser shall mean in these terms and conditions the company entity or individual ordering goods and furniture from Sven plc. 2. QUOTATIONS. Orders placed upon a quotation which has not been previously withdrawn are subject to confirmation that Sven plc accepts t he same. Unless otherwise stated all prices quoted are deemed to be exclusive of VAT. Sven plc reserves without liability, the right to at any time, reduce or withdraw discount terms and/or credit account facilities without notice, reference or explanation to the Purchaser. 3. PRICES. Sven plc shall use reasonable endeavours to maintain prices quoted and/or detailed on their order acknowledgement, but must reserve the right to increase quoted prices according to any increases in costs which take effect between acceptance and delivery/completion of the order or that part of the order remaining undelivered/incomplete at the time of such increase. In the event that the quoted price includes elements of work in relation to which Sven plc has been unable, for whatever reason, to carry out a site survey, or in the event that Sven plc is required to carry out additional work not detailed in the original quotation, Sven plc reserves the right to amend the quoted price accordingly whereupon the price payable by the Purchaser in relation to the goods and furniture shall be adjusted accordingly. 4. TERMS OF PAYMENT. Payment shall be made to Sven plc at the time and in the manner stated in the Sven plc quotation or if no such time and manner are stated then within 30 days of the date of invoice. In all cases the prices quoted by Sven plc are strictly net. In the event of non-payment of the price quoted, Sven plc reserve the right to claim statutory interest (8% p.a. over Bank of England base rate), compensation and to recover debt recovery costs as provided for under the Late Payment of Commercial Debts (Interest) Act 1998 and the Late Payment of Commercial Debt Regulations 2002. Prompt settlement discounts are subject to payment within the terms set out herein or as specified in any quotation or special terms offer. Sven plc reserve the right to re-invoice for the full pre-discounted price in the event of late or non-payment. The Purchaser shall not be entitled to withhold payment as a result of any claim it may have against Sven plc and the Purchaser may not claim any right of set off. 5. DELIVERY/COMPLETION. Sven plc will use reasonable endeavours to deliver/complete promptly but Sven plc shall be under no liability whatsoever for delay in estimated delivery/ completion times or failure to deliver/complete from any cause, nor for any loss or damage arising therefrom. Sven plc reserve the right to make partial delivery or deliveries by instalments and to invoice for such deliveries as are made. In no event will Sven plc be liable for any action of the purchaser’s employees assisting in delivery. The purchaser will indemnify Sven plc against all claims, proceedings, demands and costs arising therefrom.
6. OWNERSHIP OF FURNITURE AND GOODS. (a) The title and property in all furniture and goods and materials supplied by Sven plc does not pass to the Purchaser and/or Purchaser until payment in full (for all furniture and goods whatsoever supplied) has been received therefor by Sven plc, and risk in respect of such furniture and goods passes to the purchaser from the moment of delivery to the purchaser’s nominated location. (b) Until title in furniture and goods passes, the purchaser shall hold the furniture and goods as bailee for Sven plc. These furniture and goods must be stored separately from all other furniture and goods, and be clearly marked as being the property of Sven plc. (c) If payment of account is overdue (time being of the essence) or the purchaser becomes insolvent, commences winding up procedures, commits an act of bankruptcy or has a Receiver or Administrator appointed, Sven plc may immediately reclaim and recover the furniture and goods, if necessary by entering any premises owned or occupied by the purchaser. (d) If the purchaser sells the furniture and goods before title to these furniture and goods passes to him the sale shall be made by the purchaser as fiduciary agent on behalf of Sven plc. The monies due to Sven plc for payment of furniture and goods from such sale must be kept separate to other monies and be clearly denoted as monies held in trust on behalf of Sven plc. Regardless of such agency the purchaser has no right to bind Sven plc and shall, as between the purchaser and his customers, act as principal. 7. EXCLUSIONS. Liability is expressly excluded in regard to equipment not manufactured by Sven plc or procured on behalf of the purchaser from a specialist supplier except to the extent that any benefit is obtainable from the written guarantee of such a supplier or enforceable by Sven plc without legal or other expenses whatsoever and the benefit obtained shall be passed to the purchaser. If furniture and goods are to be manufactured or provided in accordance with a design/specification provided by the purchaser, the purchaser shall indemnify Sven plc against all loss, damage, costs, expenses and liability in connection with such design/specification. Sven plc shall be under no liability in respect of any defect in the furniture and goods or lack of fitness for purpose arising from any drawing, design or specification supplied by the Purchaser. 8. CANCELLATION/DELAY. Orders cannot be cancelled except with Sven plc’s consent and on terms which will indemnify Sven plc against all loss. If a purchaser extends or delays a contract or part thereof or fails to accept delivery of any furniture and goods at the time agreed, or when notified that the furniture and goods are available to be delivered, then the purchaser will be liable for any and all losses incurred by Sven plc, including disruption, loss of profit, storage costs, additional transport and handling costs resulting from the purchaser’s actions. If a purchaser delays receipt of delivery of any furniture and goods in excess of seven days from the date agreed, or when notified that the furniture and goods are available to be delivered, the furniture and goods will be invoiced, and payment in full shall be made by the Purchaser thirty days thereafter. For the avoidance of doubt, once delivered to the Purchaser at the address notified by the Purchaser to Sven plc or to the Purchaser’s address specified on any quotation or order for such furniture and goods cannot be cancelled. 9. FORCE MAJEURE. If Sven plc is unable to perform any part of the order made by the Purchaser for a reason of force majeure or any other reason outside their reasonable control, Sven plc shall be entitled to charge the purchaser for any additional time, cost or expense incurred as a result thereof and where Sven plc is unable to perform any part of the contract for any such reason for a period of more than one week, Sven plc shall be entitled to postpone its performance of the contract until such time as it is reasonably able to recommence the contract. 10. TERMINATION. In the event that the purchaser fails to observe or perform any of their obligations under the terms of the contract, Sven plc reserve the right to terminate the contract forthwith by service of written notice of termination to the purchaser. 11. CONSEQUENTIAL LOSS. Sven plc shall not be liable to the purchaser by reason of any representation, or any implied warranty, condition or other term, or any duty at common law, or under the express terms of the Contract, for any consequential loss or damage (whether for loss of profit or otherwise), costs, expenses or other claims for consequential compensation whatsoever (and whether caused by the negligence of Sven plc, its employees or agents or otherwise) which arise out of or in connection with the supply of the furniture and goods or their use or resale by the purchaser, except as expressly provided in these conditions. 12. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. If any claim is made against the purchaser that the furniture and goods or services infringe or that their use, resale or provision infringes the patent, copyright, design, trade mark or other industrial or intellectual property rights of any other person, any liability of Sven plc to the purchaser shall be subject to Sven plc being given full control of any proceedings or negotiations in connection with any such claim including the payment or settlement thereof. 13. EXPERTISE. The Purchaser hereby undertakes not to offer employment to or to employ or otherwise contract either directly or through a third party for the services of any existing employee of Sven plc or any former employee of Sven plc who has been an employee within the six months prior to being offered the employment or arrangement whereby the former employee of Sven plc would provide service to or for the Purchaser, without first obtaining the consent of Sven plc whether or not such employee has worked or served directly the needs of the Purchaser whilst he or she was an employee of Sven plc. If the Purchaser breaches the preceding provision Sven plc shall be entitled to demand and be paid liquidated damages by the Purchaser. Such sum to be determined by an arbitrator appointed by the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators. 14. DISPUTE PROCEDURE: Any dispute arising out of or in connection with these terms and conditions shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration under the Controlled Cost Rules of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators, and these Rules are deemed to be incorporated herein. 15. RIGHTS. Failure by Sven plc to enforce any of the contract terms cannot be construed as a waiver of any of its rights under this contract. No waiver by Sven plc or any breach of the Contract by the Purchaser shall be considered as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. If any provision of these conditions is held by any competent authority to be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, the validity of the other provisions of these Conditions and the remainder of the provision in question shall not be affected thereby. 16. GOVERNING LAW. The Laws relating to England shall apply to any quotation or order and the terms and conditions specified herein shall be construed and operate under English Law. Terms and Conditions of Sale, revised August 2011.
Sven Price List January 2017
177
Available from:
sven.co.uk FM 86198
EMS 504871
Factory, Showroom, Sales and Customer Service Departments 21 First Avenue, The Pensnett Estate, Kingswinford, West Midlands DY6 7TU Tel: 01384 400120 Fax (sales/service): 01384 404620 Email:
[email protected] London Design Studio 111 Charterhouse Street, London EC1M 6AW Tel: 020 7436 4777 Fax: 020 7631 4666 Email:
[email protected] Cumbernauld Showroom 5 Mid Road, Blairlinn Industrial Estate, Cumbernauld G67 2TT Tel: 01236 808011 Email:
[email protected] Head Office and Showroom Court Barn, Littleton Lane, Guildford, Surrey GU3 1HW Tel: 01483 302728 Fax: 01483 569903 Fax (transport): 01483 560362 Email:
[email protected] SvenPricelist-001-0117-P
